Init
This commit is contained in:
parent
8897c560ff
commit
1b7b14325a
61 changed files with 5305 additions and 20 deletions
25
Dockerfile.ci
Normal file
25
Dockerfile.ci
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
|||
FROM ubuntu:20.04
|
||||
|
||||
LABEL maintainer="mbredel https://github.com/mbredel"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the frontend to noninteractive to configure the time zone
|
||||
ARG DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive
|
||||
|
||||
# Install packages for building the LaTeX template.
|
||||
RUN apt-get -qq update && apt-get install -y --no-install-recommends \
|
||||
make \
|
||||
ghostscript \
|
||||
texlive \
|
||||
texlive-bibtex-extra \
|
||||
texlive-fonts-extra \
|
||||
texlive-lang-english \
|
||||
texlive-lang-german \
|
||||
texlive-latex-extra \
|
||||
texlive-publishers \
|
||||
texlive-science \
|
||||
texlive-pstricks \
|
||||
texlive-pictures \
|
||||
chktex
|
||||
|
||||
# Command to actually build the LaTeX code.
|
||||
CMD ["make", "--directory", "/thesis-template/", "test"]
|
25
Dockerfile.local
Normal file
25
Dockerfile.local
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
|||
FROM ubuntu:20.04
|
||||
|
||||
LABEL maintainer="mbredel https://github.com/mbredel"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the frontend to noninteractive to configure the time zone
|
||||
ARG DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive
|
||||
|
||||
# Install packages for building the LaTeX template.
|
||||
RUN apt-get -qq update && apt-get install -y --no-install-recommends \
|
||||
make \
|
||||
ghostscript \
|
||||
texlive \
|
||||
texlive-bibtex-extra \
|
||||
texlive-fonts-extra \
|
||||
texlive-lang-english \
|
||||
texlive-lang-german \
|
||||
texlive-latex-extra \
|
||||
texlive-publishers \
|
||||
texlive-science \
|
||||
texlive-pstricks \
|
||||
texlive-pictures \
|
||||
chktex
|
||||
|
||||
# Command to actually build the LaTeX code.
|
||||
CMD ["make", "--directory", "/thesis-template/", "publish"]
|
688
LICENSE
688
LICENSE
|
@ -1,20 +1,674 @@
|
|||
by Jim Knoble <jmknoble@pobox.com>
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999,2000,2001 Jim Knoble
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
|
||||
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and
|
||||
that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
|
||||
supporting documentation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
+------------+
|
||||
| Disclaimer |
|
||||
+------------+
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
||||
express or implied, including but not limited to the warranties of
|
||||
merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose and
|
||||
noninfringement. In no event shall the author(s) be liable for any
|
||||
claim, damages or other liability, whether in an action of contract,
|
||||
tort or otherwise, arising from, out of or in connection with the
|
||||
software or the use or other dealings in the software.
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
|
||||
software and other kinds of works.
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
|
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
|
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
|
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
|
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
|
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
|
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
|
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
|
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
|
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
|
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
|
||||
know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
|
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
|
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
|
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
|
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
|
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
|
||||
authors of previous versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
|
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
|
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
|
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
|
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
|
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
|
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
|
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
|
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
|
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
|
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
|
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
|
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
|
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
|
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
|
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
|
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
|
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
|
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
|
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
|
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
|
||||
on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
|
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
|
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
|
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
|
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
|
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
|
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
|
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
|
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
|
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
|
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
|
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
|
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
|
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
|
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
|
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code.
|
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
|
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
|
||||
form of a work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
|
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
|
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
|
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language.
|
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
|
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
|
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
|
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
|
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
|
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
|
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
|
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
|
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
|
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
|
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
|
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
|
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
|
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
|
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
|
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
|
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
|
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
|
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
|
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
|
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
|
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
|
||||
Source.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
|
||||
same work.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
|
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
|
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
|
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
|
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
|
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
|
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
|
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
|
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
|
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
|
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
|
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
|
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
|
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
|
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
|
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
|
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
|
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
|
||||
makes it unnecessary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
|
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
|
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
|
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
|
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
|
||||
measures.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
|
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
|
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
|
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
|
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
|
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
|
||||
technological measures.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
|
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
|
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
|
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
|
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
|
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
|
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
|
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
|
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
|
||||
it, and giving a relevant date.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
|
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section
|
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
|
||||
"keep intact all notices".
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
|
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
|
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
|
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
|
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
|
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
|
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
|
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
|
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
|
||||
work need not make them do so.
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
|
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
|
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
|
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
|
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
|
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
|
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
|
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
|
||||
parts of the aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
|
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
|
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
|
||||
in one of these ways:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
|
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
|
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
|
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
|
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
|
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
|
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
|
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
|
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
|
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
|
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
|
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
|
||||
with subsection 6b.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
|
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
|
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
|
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
|
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
|
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
|
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
|
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
|
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
|
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
|
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
|
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
|
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
|
||||
charge under subsection 6d.
|
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
|
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
|
||||
included in conveying the object code work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
|
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
|
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
|
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
|
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
|
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
|
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
|
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
|
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
|
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
|
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
|
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
|
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
|
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
|
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
|
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
|
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
|
||||
modification has been made.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
|
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
|
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
|
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
|
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
|
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
|
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
|
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
|
||||
been installed in ROM).
|
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
|
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
|
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
|
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
|
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
|
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
|
||||
protocols for communication across the network.
|
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
|
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
|
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
|
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
|
||||
unpacking, reading or copying.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms.
|
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
|
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
|
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
|
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
|
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
|
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
|
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
|
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
|
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
|
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
|
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
|
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
|
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
|
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
|
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
|
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
|
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
|
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
|
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
|
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
|
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
|
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
|
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
|
||||
authors of the material; or
|
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
|
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
|
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
|
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
|
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
|
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
|
||||
those licensors and authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
|
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
|
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
|
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
|
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
|
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
|
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
|
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
|
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
|
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
|
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
|
||||
where to find the applicable terms.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
|
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
|
||||
the above requirements apply either way.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Termination.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
|
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
|
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
|
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
|
||||
paragraph of section 11).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
|
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
|
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
|
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
|
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
|
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
|
||||
material under section 10.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
|
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
|
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
|
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
|
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
|
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
|
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
|
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
|
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
|
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
|
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
|
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
|
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
|
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
|
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
|
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
|
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
|
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
|
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
|
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
|
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
|
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
|
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
|
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
|
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
|
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Patents.
|
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
|
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
|
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
|
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
|
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
|
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
|
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
|
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
|
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
|
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
|
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
|
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
|
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
|
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
|
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
|
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
|
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
|
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
|
||||
patent against the party.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
|
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
|
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
|
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
|
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
|
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
|
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
|
||||
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
|
||||
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
|
||||
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
|
||||
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
|
||||
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
|
||||
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
|
||||
|
||||
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
|
||||
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
|
||||
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
|
||||
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
|
||||
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
|
||||
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
|
||||
work and works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
|
||||
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
|
||||
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
|
||||
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
|
||||
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
|
||||
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
|
||||
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
|
||||
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
|
||||
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
|
||||
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
|
||||
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
|
||||
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
|
||||
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
|
||||
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
|
||||
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
|
||||
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
|
||||
|
||||
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
|
||||
|
||||
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
|
||||
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
|
||||
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
|
||||
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
|
||||
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
|
||||
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
|
||||
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
|
||||
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
|
||||
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
|
||||
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
|
||||
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
|
||||
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
|
||||
combination as such.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Revised Versions of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
|
||||
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
|
||||
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
|
||||
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
|
||||
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
|
||||
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
|
||||
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
|
||||
to choose that version for the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Later license versions may give you additional or different
|
||||
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
|
||||
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
|
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
|
||||
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
|
||||
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
|
||||
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Limitation of Liability.
|
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
|
||||
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
|
||||
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
|
||||
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
|
||||
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
|
||||
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
|
||||
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
|
||||
|
||||
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
|
||||
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
|
||||
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
|
||||
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
|
||||
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
|
||||
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
{one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.}
|
||||
Copyright (C) {year} {name of author}
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
|
||||
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
{project} Copyright (C) {year} {fullname}
|
||||
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
|
||||
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
|
||||
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
|
||||
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
|
||||
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
|
||||
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
|
||||
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
|
||||
|
|
36
Makefile
Normal file
36
Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
|||
MASTER = thesis
|
||||
VERSION = v4.4
|
||||
NAME = Max
|
||||
SURNAME = Mustermann
|
||||
|
||||
all: clean
|
||||
@pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex
|
||||
@test -f ${MASTER}-blx.bib && ( bibtex ${MASTER}; pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex ) || echo "No Bibtex"
|
||||
@pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex
|
||||
|
||||
publish: all
|
||||
@ps2pdf14 -dPDFSETTINGS=/prepress ${MASTER}.pdf
|
||||
@mv ${MASTER}.pdf.pdf ${MASTER}.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
@rm -rf *run.xml *-blx.bib *.aux *.bbl *.blg *.brf *.log *.lof *.lot *.lol *.out *.tcp *.toc *.tps *.bak *.backup *.pdfsync *.synctex.gz *.*~
|
||||
@for i in run.xml -blx.bib aux bbl blg brf log lof lot lol out tcp toc tps bak backup pdfsync synctex.gz; do find . -name *.$$i -exec rm -f {} + ; done
|
||||
@find . -name *.*~ -exec rm -f {} +
|
||||
|
||||
cleanall: clean
|
||||
@rm *.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
test: clean
|
||||
@pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode -halt-on-error ${MASTER}.tex
|
||||
@test -f ${MASTER}-blx.bib && ( bibtex ${MASTER}; pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex ) || echo "No Bibtex"
|
||||
@pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex
|
||||
|
||||
bz2: clean
|
||||
@echo 'creating package including Docs'
|
||||
@tar --exclude-vcs -cf `pwd`/../${MASTER}-${NAME}_${SURNAME}-${VERSION}-`date +%Y%m%d`.tar `pwd`/../`pwd | sed "s,^\(.*/\)\?\([^/]*\),\2,"`
|
||||
@bzip2 `pwd`/../${MASTER}-${NAME}_${SURNAME}-${VERSION}-`date +%Y%m%d`.tar
|
||||
|
||||
bz2-small: clean
|
||||
@echo 'creating package excluding Docs'
|
||||
@tar --exclude-vcs --exclude=Docs -cf `pwd`/../${MASTER}-${NAME}_${SURNAME}-${VERSION}-`date +%Y%m%d`_small.tar `pwd`/../`pwd | sed "s,^\(.*/\)\?\([^/]*\),\2,"`
|
||||
@bzip2 `pwd`/../${MASTER}-${NAME}_${SURNAME}-${VERSION}-`date +%Y%m%d`_small.tar
|
217
README.md
217
README.md
|
@ -1,3 +1,216 @@
|
|||
# bachelor-thesis
|
||||
# A thesis LaTeX-template
|
||||
|
||||
Die Bachelorarbeit für meinen Bachelor of Science in Informatik
|
||||
This LaTeX-template might be used to write a scientific elaboration or a bachelor or master thesis at the Computer Science department at [FernUniversität in Hagen](https://www.fernuni-hagen.de/ "FernUniversität in Hagen"). It is based on the fabulous ClassicThesis style template of [Andre Miedé](http://www.miede.de/ "Prof. Dr. Andre Miedé") and the adaption of [Prof. Dr. Michael von R\"uden](https://github.com/mbredel/thesis-template "Prof. Dr. Michael von R\"uden").
|
||||
|
||||
## Table of contents
|
||||
|
||||
* [Configuration](#configuration)
|
||||
* [thesis.tex](#thesistex "Configuration options in the thesis.tex file")
|
||||
* [Two-sided vs. one-sided](#two-sided-vs-one-sided)
|
||||
* [Bibliographies](#bibliographies "How to add additional bibligraphy files")
|
||||
* [Language](#language "How to change the language of the document")
|
||||
* [Table of content, figures, tables, listings, and acronyms](#table-of-content-figures-tables-listings-and-acronyms)
|
||||
* [fernuni-hagen-thesis-config.tex](#fernuni-hagen-thesis-config.tex)
|
||||
* [Personal data](#personal-data "How to edit the personal data of the thesis")
|
||||
* [Umlauts](#umlauts "How to use umlauts in the personal data/on the tile page of the thesis")
|
||||
* [classicthesis-config.tex](#classicthesis-configtex)
|
||||
* [Usage](#usage)
|
||||
* [Writing abstracts](#writing-abstracts "Adding abstracts to the thesis")
|
||||
* [Adding content](#adding-content "Adding chapters to the thesis")
|
||||
* [Changing the Citation Style](#changing-the-citation-style "Changing the citation style from IEEE Numeric to IEEE Alphabetic")
|
||||
* [Compiling the LaTeX source code](#compiling-the-latex-source-code)
|
||||
* [Using Docker](#using-docker "Using Docker for compiling the LaTeX code")
|
||||
* [Known issues](#known-issues)
|
||||
* [License](#license)
|
||||
|
||||
## Configuration
|
||||
|
||||
The LaTeX template can be modified and configured easily using a very limited number of files, namely _classicthesis-config.tex_, _fernuni-hagen-thesis-config.tex_, and _thesis.tex_. Only use these three files to modify your LaTeX thesis. Please _DO NOT_ modify the actual LaTeX code for your thesis (as this becomes quite complex and consumes a lot of time).
|
||||
Please finde a brief description of the various configuration options below:
|
||||
|
||||
### thesis.tex
|
||||
|
||||
The _thesis.tex_ file contains the basic structure and all the chapter-files that contain the actual content of your thesis. Thus, you have to modify this file in order to configure some basic stuff like the language of your thesis. The subsequent section ["Adding content"](#adding-content) explains how to add content.
|
||||
|
||||
##### Two-sided vs. one-sided
|
||||
|
||||
The default output of the LaTeX thesis template is a single-sided style that also has to be printed that way. In case you want to print two-sided, you have to add the _twoside_ option in the _\documentclass_ definition at line 35:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
\documentclass[ openright,titlepage,numbers=noenddot,headinclude,twoside,%
|
||||
footinclude=true,cleardoublepage=empty,abstractoff,%
|
||||
BCOR=5mm,paper=a4,fontsize=11pt,%
|
||||
ngerman,american,%lockflag%
|
||||
]{scrreprt}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You may also adapt the paper size (_paper=a4_) and the font size (_fontsize=11_) if necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
##### Bibliographies
|
||||
|
||||
By default all bibliographies that can be referenced in the thesis are put into the _bibliography.bib_ file in the root directory of the LaTeX sources. However, if you want to use additional bibliography files, you may add them to the bibliograph section (starting at line 47) in _thesis.tex_
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Bibliographies
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\addbibresource{bibliography.bib}
|
||||
.... ADD YOUR FILES HERE ...
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
##### Language
|
||||
|
||||
The default language of your thesis is German. If you want to switch to English, you have to modify the language selection from _ngerman_ to _american_ at line 63.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
\selectlanguage{american} % ngerman, american
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
While this thesis template supports umlauts, i.e. ÄÖÜäöüß, in the main text of the thesis, there are some issues regarding umlauts on the title page (configured in the personal data at [fernuni-hagen-thesis-config.tex](#fernuni-hagen-thesis-config.tex)). Please see the [umlauts](#umlauts "How to use umlauts in the personal data/on the tile page of the thesis") section for further details and possible solutions.
|
||||
|
||||
##### Table of content, figures, tables, listings, and acronyms
|
||||
|
||||
By default, the thesis templates prints a lot of table of content, i.e. for figures, tables, listings, and aconyms. You may want to remove such tables if you only have a very limited number, i.e. less then 3-5, of figures, tables, listings, and acronyms. Simply comment the related line in _thesis.tex_ starting at line 81.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Figures}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Tables}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Listings}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Acronyms}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### fernini-hagen-thesis-config.tex
|
||||
|
||||
The _fernuni-hagen-thesis-config.tex_-file allows to configure the usual stuff needed for a thesis. Namely, you can configure the title of your thesis, your name, the names of your supervisors, dates, etc. Thus, you MUST touch this file and configure it accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
##### Personal data
|
||||
|
||||
This is where you have to place all the personal stuff of your thesis, starting at line 7.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Umlauts
|
||||
|
||||
This thesis templates supports German umlauts in the main text. However, if you need umlauts on the title page, say in your title, your name, and your professor's name, you have to use the native LaTeX way of writing umlauts. Please see the following table:
|
||||
|
||||
| Umlaut | LaTeX way |
|
||||
|--------|-----------|
|
||||
| Ä | {\\"A} |
|
||||
| Ö | {\\"Ö} |
|
||||
| Ü | {\\"Ü} |
|
||||
| ä | {\\"a} |
|
||||
| ö | {\\"o} |
|
||||
| ü | {\\"u} |
|
||||
| ß | {\ss} |
|
||||
|
||||
To write the Title "TOR - Schießen mit Füßen" you have to write "TOR - Schie{\ss}en mit F{\"u}{\ss}en".
|
||||
|
||||
### classicthesis-config.tex
|
||||
|
||||
The _classicthesis-config.tex_-file allows you to configure stuff that comes with the classic-thesis style, like LaTeX packages used by classic thesis. This is quite advanced stuff already. Thus, you should touch this file only if you know what you are doing. Usually, you can leave the file as it is.
|
||||
|
||||
## Usage
|
||||
|
||||
In the following, we explain how to actually use, i.e. add content and compile, the thesis template to create a nice and shiny PDF file that will please your supervisor.
|
||||
|
||||
### Writing abstracts
|
||||
|
||||
Every thesis has to have two abstracts; one in German and one in English. Thus, there are two abstract files included in the _thesis.tex_-file. Boths files, called _AbstractDE.tex_ for the German abstract and _AbstractEN.tex_ for the English abstract, are located in the _./frontbackmatter/_ directory.
|
||||
|
||||
You have to modify both these files and place your abstract text in _AbstractDE.tex_ and _AbstractEN.tex_ respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
### Adding content
|
||||
|
||||
By default, the thesis template, i.e. the _thesis.tex_-file, contains (includes) some default content files for chapters and appendix from the _./chapters/examples/_-directory (starting a line 94). You have to remove those includes and include your own files. Please note that it is best practice to put all your content in seperate files.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
||||
\part{Thesis}\label{pt:thesis}
|
||||
%\include{chapters/examples/chapter01}
|
||||
%\include{chapters/examples/chapter02}
|
||||
%\include{chapters/examples/chapter03}
|
||||
... PUT YOUR INCLUDES FOR CHAPTERS HERE ...
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Backmatter
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\thechapter}{\alph{chapter}}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
||||
\part{Appendix}
|
||||
%\include{chapters/examples/appendix01}
|
||||
%\include{chapters/examples/appendix02}
|
||||
... PUT YOUR INCLUDES FOR APPENDIX HERE ...
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You may also want to have a look at the _part(...)_ section at line 93 and 103. You may want to change the titles of the _part(...)_-sections. Alternatively, you remove the _part(...)_ section and the corresponding _cleardoublepage_ the line before.
|
||||
|
||||
### Changing the Citation Style
|
||||
|
||||
By default, this template uses the IEEE Numeric style for citations. The IEEE citation style includes in-text citations, numbered in square brackets, which refer to the full citation listed in the reference list at the end of the paper. The reference list is organized numerically, not alphabetically. For examples, see the [IEEE Editorial Style Manual](http://ieeeauthorcenter.ieee.org/wp-content/uploads/IEEE_Style_Manual.pdf).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you prefer to uses the IEEE Alphabetic style for citations you can do so. To this end, you have to change lines 90 and 91 of _classicthesis-config.tex_:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
%style=numeric-comp,%
|
||||
style=alphabetic,%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Compiling the LaTeX source code
|
||||
|
||||
You may compile the fernuni-hagen-thesis template using the ```pdflatex``` and the ```bibtex``` command. In addition, the thesis template repository contains a Makefile that allows you to compile the thesis template using the _make_ tool available on most Unix and Linux systems. Simply type:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ make
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
to compile the LaTeX code into a PDF-file. Moreover, you may use
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ make clean
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
to remove all temporary files, which are produced during the compilation process. Finally,
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ make bz2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
generates a bz2-package file, which contains all the source files of your LaTeX code. In case you need to create a PDF-version with embedded fonts you may use
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ make publish
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Using Docker
|
||||
|
||||
The h_da thesis template ships with two Dockerfiles that create [Docker](https://www.docker.com) container used to compile the LaTeX code. One container - build by the [Dockerfile.ci]( https://github.com/mbredel/thesis-template/blob/master/Dockerfile.ci) Docker file - is used by the CI to compile the thesis template and check its integrity at every commit. The other one - created by the [Dockerfile.local](https://github.com/mbredel/thesis-template/blob/master/Dockerfile.local) Docker file - might be used to build the Docker container that allows to compile the LaTeX code on your local machine without the need to install any LaTeX files.
|
||||
|
||||
On order to build the Docker image you have to type the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ docker build --tag mbredel/thesis-template --file Dockerfile.local .
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Creating the image requires a working (and hopefully fast) Internet connection. It may take several minutes to download the required base-images as well as all needed dependencies. You only have to create the image once. Once the image is created, you can run the Docker container by running the following command
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ docker run --volume $(pwd):/thesis-template/ mbredel/thesis-template && docker rm $(docker ps -lq)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
inside the root directory containing the LaTeX code. The command mounts the current directory into the Docker container, runs the "publish" make target, and thus compiles the LaTeX code into a PDF file. Finally, the command removes the container again, as it is not needed anymore. You may re-compile the LaTeX code by re-running the "docker run ..." command again.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information on Docker, please take a look at the [Docker documentation](https://docs.docker.com/).
|
||||
|
||||
## Known issues
|
||||
|
||||
* The LaTeX template is tested using [TeXLive](https://www.tug.org/texlive/) which is available for Linux and Windows.
|
||||
* It has not been tested for [MiKTeX](https://miktex.org/) and [MacTeX](https://www.tug.org/mactex/) yet. Any input on these LaTeX distributions is very welcome.
|
||||
* The LaTeX template only supports bachelor theses (by default)
|
||||
* The thesis only supports German and (American) English
|
||||
|
||||
## License
|
||||
|
||||
The h_da computer science department LaTeX thesis template is licenced under GPL v3.0
|
||||
|
||||
## Acknowledgements
|
||||
|
||||
* Many thanks to Sebastian Jung for his hints on the local Docker approach for compiling the LaTeX code.
|
||||
|
|
320
bibliography.bib
Normal file
320
bibliography.bib
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
|
|||
% Encoding: windows-1252
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{bentley:1999,
|
||||
title = {{P}rogramming {P}earls},
|
||||
publisher = {Ad\-dison--Wesley},
|
||||
year = {1999},
|
||||
author = {Jon Bentley},
|
||||
address = {Boston, MA, USA},
|
||||
edition = {2},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{bringhurst:2002,
|
||||
title = {{T}he {E}lements of {T}ypographic {S}tyle},
|
||||
publisher = {Hartley \& Marks Publishers},
|
||||
year = {2013},
|
||||
author = {Robert Bringhurst},
|
||||
series = {Version 4.0: 20th Anniversary Edition},
|
||||
address = {Point Roberts, WA, USA}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{cormen:2001,
|
||||
title = {{I}ntroduction to {A}lgorithms},
|
||||
publisher = {The MIT Press},
|
||||
year = {2009},
|
||||
author = {Cormen, Thomas H. and Leiserson, Charles E. and Rivest, Ronald L. and Clifford Stein},
|
||||
address = {Cambridge, MA, USA},
|
||||
edition = 3
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{dueck:trio,
|
||||
title = {{D}ueck's {T}rilogie 2.1: {O}mnisophie -- {S}upramanie -- {T}opothesie},
|
||||
publisher = {Springer},
|
||||
address = {Berlin, Germany},
|
||||
year = {2013},
|
||||
author = {Gunter Dueck}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Article{knuth:1976,
|
||||
author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
|
||||
title = {{B}ig {O}micron and {B}ig {O}mega and {B}ig {T}heta},
|
||||
journal = {SIGACT News},
|
||||
year = {1976},
|
||||
volume = {8},
|
||||
pages = {18--24},
|
||||
number = {2},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
||||
publisher = {ACM Press}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Article{knuth:1974,
|
||||
author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
|
||||
title = {{C}omputer {P}rogramming as an {A}rt},
|
||||
journal = {Communications of the ACM},
|
||||
year = {1974},
|
||||
volume = {17},
|
||||
pages = {667--673},
|
||||
number = {12},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
||||
publisher = {ACM Press}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{sommerville:1992,
|
||||
title = {{S}oftware {E}ngineering},
|
||||
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
||||
year = {2015},
|
||||
author = {Ian Sommerville},
|
||||
address = {Boston, MA, USA},
|
||||
edition = 10
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{taleb:2012,
|
||||
title = {{A}ntifragile: {T}hings {T}hat {G}ain from {D}isorder},
|
||||
publisher = {Random House},
|
||||
year = {2012},
|
||||
author = {Taleb, Nassim Nicholas},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{taleb:2010,
|
||||
title = {The Black Swan: The Impact of the Highly Improbable},
|
||||
publisher = {Random House},
|
||||
year = {2010},
|
||||
author = {Taleb, Nassim Nicholas},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{ferriss:2016,
|
||||
title={Tools of Titans: The Tactics, Routines, and Habits of Billionaires, Icons, and World-Class Performers},
|
||||
author={Timothy Ferriss},
|
||||
publisher={Houghton Mifflin Harcourt},
|
||||
year={2016},
|
||||
address = {Boston, MA, USA},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{adams:1996,
|
||||
author = {Adams, Scott},
|
||||
title = {The Dilbert Principle},
|
||||
publisher = {Harper Business},
|
||||
year = {1996},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{adams:2013,
|
||||
author = {Adams, Scott},
|
||||
title = {How to Fail at Almost Everything and Still Win Big: Kind of the Story of My Life},
|
||||
publisher = {Portfolio Penguin},
|
||||
year = {2013},
|
||||
address = {London, United Kingdom},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{aurelius:2002,
|
||||
author = {Aurelius, Marcus},
|
||||
title = {Meditations (A New Translation)},
|
||||
publisher = {Modern Library},
|
||||
year = {2002},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{cialdini:1984,
|
||||
author = {Cialdini, Robert B.},
|
||||
title = {Influence: The Psychology of Persuasion},
|
||||
publisher = {Harper Business},
|
||||
year = {1984},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{feynman:1985,
|
||||
title = {{S}urely {Y}ou're {J}oking, {M}r. {F}eynman: {A}dventures of a {C}urious {C}haracter},
|
||||
publisher = {W. W. Norton},
|
||||
year = {1985},
|
||||
author = {Feynman, Richard P.},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{greenwald:2014,
|
||||
title = {{N}o {P}lace to {H}ide: {E}dward {S}nowden, the {NSA}, and the {S}urveillance {S}tate},
|
||||
publisher = {Metropolitan Books},
|
||||
year = {2014},
|
||||
author = {Greenwald, Glenn},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{orwell:1949,
|
||||
author = {Orwell, George},
|
||||
title = {Nineteen Eighty-Four},
|
||||
publisher = {Secker \& Warburg},
|
||||
year = {1949},
|
||||
address = {London, United Kingdom}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{pausch:2008,
|
||||
title = {The Last Lecture},
|
||||
publisher = {Hodder \& Stoughton},
|
||||
year = {2008},
|
||||
author = {Pausch, Randy},
|
||||
address = {London, United Kingdom},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{seneca,
|
||||
author = {Seneca, Lucius},
|
||||
title = {Letters from a Stoic: Epistulae Morales ad Lucilium},
|
||||
publisher = {Penguin},
|
||||
year = {1969},
|
||||
address = {Harmondsworth, United Kingdom}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{trump:1987,
|
||||
author = {Trump, Donald J. and Schwartz, Tony},
|
||||
title = {Trump: The Art of the Deal},
|
||||
publisher = {Random House},
|
||||
year = {1987},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{frankl:1959,
|
||||
author = {Frankl, Viktor E.},
|
||||
title = {Man's Search for Meaning},
|
||||
publisher = {Beacon Press},
|
||||
year = {1959},
|
||||
address = {Boston, MA, USA}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{munger:2008,
|
||||
title = {Poor Charlie's Almanack: The Wit and Wisdom of Charles T. Munger},
|
||||
publisher = {Donning Company},
|
||||
year = {2008},
|
||||
author = {Munger, Charles T.},
|
||||
address = {Virginia Beach, VA, USA},
|
||||
edition = {3},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{postman:2005,
|
||||
author = {Postman, Neil},
|
||||
title = {Amusing Ourselves to Death: Public Discourse in the Age of Show Business (20th Anniversary Edition)},
|
||||
publisher = {Penguin Books},
|
||||
year = {2005},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{wikipedia:csma,
|
||||
author = {Wikipedia contributors},
|
||||
title = {{Carrier Sense Multiple Access}},
|
||||
year = {2018},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://de.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Carrier\_Sense\_Multiple\_Access\&oldid=179780893}{https://de.wikipedia. org/w/index.php?title=Carrier\_Sense\_Multiple\_Access\&oldid=179780893}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 22-July-2004]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{wikipedia:plagiarism,
|
||||
author = {Wikipedia contributors},
|
||||
title = {{Plagiarism -- Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia}},
|
||||
year = {2004},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Plagiarism\&oldid=5139350}{http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Plagiarism\&oldid=5139350}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 22-July-2004]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{wikipedia:citing,
|
||||
author = {Wikipedia contributors},
|
||||
title = {{Citing Wikipedia}},
|
||||
year = {2018},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Wikipedia:Citing\_Wikipedia\&oldid=918052627}{https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index. php?title=Wikipedia:Citing\_Wikipedia\&oldid=918052627}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 22-October-2019]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{wikipedia:citing_harvard,
|
||||
author = {Wikipedia contributors},
|
||||
title = {{Autor-Jahr-Zitierweise}},
|
||||
year = {2019},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://de.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Autor-Jahr-Zitierweise\&oldid=190142684}{https://de.wikipedia.org/w/ index.php?title=Autor-Jahr-Zitierweise\&oldid=190142684}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 21-Januar-2020]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{wikipedia:citing_ieee,
|
||||
author = {Wikipedia contributors},
|
||||
title = {{IEEE Style}},
|
||||
year = {2020},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=IEEE\_style\&oldid=936368639}{https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php? title=IEEE\_style\&oldid=936368639}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 21-Januar-2020]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Inproceedings{bredel:2009:01,
|
||||
author = {Michael Bredel and Markus Fidler},
|
||||
title = {{Understanding Fairness and its Impact on Quality of Service in IEEE 802.11}},
|
||||
booktitle = {Proc. of {IEEE} Infocom},
|
||||
year = {2009},
|
||||
month = apr,
|
||||
pages = {1098--1106}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{bildblog:guttenberg,
|
||||
author = {Bildblog},
|
||||
title = {{Wie ich Freiherr zu Guttenberg zu Wilhelm machte}},
|
||||
year = {2009},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://bildblog.de/5704/wie-ich-freiherr-von-guttenberg-zu-wilhelm-machte/}{https://bild blog.de/5704/wie-ich-freiherr-von-guttenberg-zu-wilhelm-machte/}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 22-October-2019]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{spiegel:guttenberg,
|
||||
author = {Spiegel},
|
||||
title = {{Falscher Wilhelm bei Minister Guttenberg}},
|
||||
year = {2009},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://www.spiegel.de/politik/deutschland/in-eigener-sache-falscher-wilhelm-bei-minister-guttenberg-a-606912.html}{https://www.spiegel.de/ politik/deutschland/in-eigener-sache-falscher-wilhelm-bei-minister-guttenberg -a-606912.html}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 22-October-2019]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{rundschau:wikipedia,
|
||||
author = {Frankfurter Rundschau},
|
||||
title = {{Wikipedia - Wie ich Stalins Badezimmer erschuf}},
|
||||
year = {2011},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://www.fr.de/kultur/stalins-badezimmer-erschuf-11720309.html}{https://www.fr.de/kultur/stalins-badezimmer-erschuf-11720309.html}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 22-October-2019]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{wulff:2013:01,
|
||||
author = {Debora Weber-Wulff},
|
||||
title = {{Fremde Federn Finden - Kurs über Plagiat}},
|
||||
year = {2013},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{http://plagiat.htw-berlin.de/ff/startseite/fremde\_federn\_finden}{http://plagiat.htw-berlin.de/ff/startseite/fremde\_federn\_finden}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 22-October-2019]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{eco:2010:01,
|
||||
author = {Umberto Eco},
|
||||
title = {{Wie man eine wissenschaftliche Abschlußarbeit schreibt}},
|
||||
publisher = {UTB GmbH},
|
||||
year = {2010},
|
||||
address = {Stuttgart, Germany}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{dfg:2013:01,
|
||||
author = {{Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft}},
|
||||
publisher = {{Wiley-VCH}},
|
||||
title = {Vorschläge zur Sicherung guter wissenschaftlicher Praxis},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{http://d-nb.info/1043456643}{http://d-nb.info/1043456643}},
|
||||
year = {2013},
|
||||
address = {Weinheim, Germany},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{hda:2012:01,
|
||||
author = {Fachhochschule Darmstadt},
|
||||
title = {{Allgemeine Bestimmungen für Prüfungsordnungen (ABPO) der Hochschule Darmstadt vom 08.12.2005 in der geänderten Fassung vom 17.04.2012}},
|
||||
year = {2012},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://www.h-da.de/fileadmin/h\_da/Hochschule/Presse\_Publikationen/Hochschulanzeiger/ABPO\_2012-04-17.pdf}{https://www.h-da.de/fileadmin/h\_da/Hochschule/ Presse\_Publikationen/Hochschulanzeiger/ABPO\_2012-04-17.pdf}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 22-October-2019]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{fbi:2014:01,
|
||||
author = {Fachbereich Informatik, Fachhochschule Darmstadt},
|
||||
title = {{Studien- und Prüfungsordnungen}},
|
||||
year = {2014},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://fbi.h-da.de/fachbereich/gremien/pruefungsausschuss/studien-und-pruefungsordnungen/}{https://fbi.h-da.de/fachbereich/gremien/pruefungsausschuss/ studien-und-pruefungsordnungen/}},
|
||||
note = {[Online; accessed 22-October-2019]}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Misc{mbredel:2020:01,
|
||||
author = {Michael von R\"{u}den and Andr\'{e} Miede},
|
||||
title = {{Thesis-Template des FBI}},
|
||||
year = {2020},
|
||||
howpublished = {\href{https://github.com/mbredel/thesis-template}{https://git- hub.com/mbredel/thesis-template}}
|
||||
}
|
361
chapters/examples/appendix01.tex
Normal file
361
chapters/examples/appendix01.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
|
|||
%************************************************
|
||||
\chapter{Introduction to the ClassicThesis style}\label{ch:classicthesis}
|
||||
%************************************************
|
||||
The ClassicThesis bundle for \LaTeX\ has two goals:
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Provide students with an easy-to-use template for their
|
||||
Master's
|
||||
or PhD thesis. (Though it might also be used by other types of
|
||||
authors
|
||||
for reports, books, etc.)
|
||||
\item Provide a classic, high-quality typographic style that is
|
||||
inspired by \citeauthor{bringhurst:2002}'s ``\emph{The Elements of
|
||||
Typographic Style}'' \citep{bringhurst:2002}.
|
||||
\marginpar{\myTitle \myVersion}
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
The bundle is configured to run with a \emph{full}
|
||||
MiK\TeX\ or \TeX Live\footnote{See the file \texttt{LISTOFFILES} for
|
||||
needed packages. Furthermore, \texttt{classicthesis}
|
||||
works with most other distributions and, thus, with most systems
|
||||
\LaTeX\ is available for.}
|
||||
installation right away and, therefore, it uses only freely available
|
||||
fonts. (Minion fans can easily adjust the style to their needs.)
|
||||
|
||||
People interested only in the nice style and not the whole bundle can
|
||||
now use the style stand-alone via the file \texttt{classicthesis.sty}.
|
||||
This works now also with ``plain'' \LaTeX.
|
||||
|
||||
As of version 3.0, \texttt{classicthesis} can also be easily used with
|
||||
\mLyX\footnote{\url{http://www.lyx.org}} thanks to Nicholas Mariette
|
||||
and Ivo Pletikosić. The \mLyX\ version of this manual will contain
|
||||
more information on the details.
|
||||
|
||||
This should enable anyone with a basic knowledge of \LaTeXe\ or \mLyX\ to
|
||||
produce beautiful documents without too much effort. In the end, this
|
||||
is my overall goal: more beautiful documents, especially theses, as I
|
||||
am tired of seeing so many ugly ones.
|
||||
|
||||
The whole template and the used style is released under the
|
||||
\acsfont{GNU} General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
If you like the style then I would appreciate a postcard:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
André Miede \\
|
||||
Detmolder Straße 32 \\
|
||||
31737 Rinteln \\
|
||||
Germany
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
The postcards I received so far are available at:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{http://postcards.miede.de}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\marginpar{A well-balanced line width improves the legibility of
|
||||
the text. That's what typography is all about, right?}
|
||||
So far, many theses, some books, and several other publications have
|
||||
been typeset successfully with it. If you are interested in some
|
||||
typographic details behind it, enjoy Robert Bringhurst's wonderful book.
|
||||
% \citep{bringhurst:2002}.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Important Note:} Some things of this style might look
|
||||
unusual at first glance, many people feel so in the beginning.
|
||||
However, all things are intentionally designed to be as they are,
|
||||
especially these:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item No bold fonts are used. Italics or spaced small caps do the
|
||||
job quite well.
|
||||
\item The size of the text body is intentionally shaped like it
|
||||
is. It supports both legibility and allows a reasonable amount of
|
||||
information to be on a page. And, no: the lines are not too short.
|
||||
\item The tables intentionally do not use vertical or double
|
||||
rules. See the documentation for the \texttt{booktabs} package for
|
||||
a nice discussion of this topic.\footnote{To be found online at
|
||||
\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/}.}
|
||||
\item And last but not least, to provide the reader with a way
|
||||
easier access to page numbers in the table of contents, the page
|
||||
numbers are right behind the titles. Yes, they are \emph{not}
|
||||
neatly aligned at the right side and they are \emph{not} connected
|
||||
with dots that help the eye to bridge a distance that is not
|
||||
necessary. If you are still not convinced: is your reader
|
||||
interested in the page number or does she want to sum the numbers
|
||||
up?
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
Therefore, please do not break the beauty of the style by changing
|
||||
these things unless you really know what you are doing! Please.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Yet Another Important Note:} Since \texttt{classicthesis}'
|
||||
first release in 2006, many things have changed in the \LaTeX\ world.
|
||||
Trying to keep up-to-date, \texttt{classicthesis} grew and evolved
|
||||
into many directions, trying to stay (some kind of) stable and be
|
||||
compatible with its port to \mLyX. However, there are still many
|
||||
remains from older times in the code, many dirty workarounds here and
|
||||
there, and several other things I am absolutely not proud of (for
|
||||
example my unwise combination of \acsfont{KOMA} and
|
||||
\texttt{titlesec} etc.).
|
||||
\graffito{An outlook into the future of \texttt{classicthesis}.}
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, I am looking into how to completely re-design and
|
||||
re-implement \texttt{classicthesis} making it easier to maintain and
|
||||
to use. As a general idea, \texttt{classicthesis.sty} should be
|
||||
developed and distributed separately from the template bundle itself.
|
||||
Excellent spin-offs such as \texttt{arsclassica} could also be
|
||||
integrated (with permission by their authors) as format configurations.
|
||||
Also, current trends of \texttt{microtype}, \texttt{fontspec}, etc.
|
||||
should be included as well. As I am not really into deep
|
||||
\LaTeX\ programming,
|
||||
I will reach out to the \LaTeX\ community for their expertise and help.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Organization}
|
||||
A very important factor for successful thesis writing is the
|
||||
organization of the material. This template suggests a structure as
|
||||
the following:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\marginpar{You can use these margins for summaries of the text
|
||||
body\dots}
|
||||
\item\texttt{Chapters/} is where all the ``real'' content goes in
|
||||
separate files such as \texttt{Chapter01.tex} etc.
|
||||
% \item\texttt{Examples/} is where you store all listings and other
|
||||
% examples you want to use for your text.
|
||||
\item\texttt{FrontBackMatter/} is where all the stuff goes that
|
||||
surrounds the ``real'' content, such as the acknowledgments,
|
||||
dedication, etc.
|
||||
\item\texttt{gfx/} is where you put all the graphics you use in
|
||||
the thesis. Maybe they should be organized into subfolders
|
||||
depending on the chapter they are used in, if you have a lot of
|
||||
graphics.
|
||||
\item\texttt{Bibliography.bib}: the Bib\TeX\ database to organize
|
||||
all the references you might want to cite.
|
||||
\item\texttt{classicthesis.sty}: the style definition to get this
|
||||
awesome look and feel. Does not only work with this thesis template
|
||||
but also on its own (see folder \texttt{Examples}). Bonus: works
|
||||
with both \LaTeX\ and \textsc{pdf}\LaTeX\dots and \mLyX.
|
||||
% \item\texttt{ClassicThesis.tcp} a \TeX nicCenter project file.
|
||||
Great tool and it's free!
|
||||
\item\texttt{ClassicThesis.tex}: the main file of your thesis
|
||||
where all gets bundled together.
|
||||
\item\texttt{classicthesis-config.tex}: a central place to load all
|
||||
nifty packages that are used. % In there, you can also activate
|
||||
% backrefs in order to have information in the bibliography about
|
||||
% where a source was cited in the text (\ie, the page number).
|
||||
|
||||
\emph{Make your changes and adjustments here.} This means that you
|
||||
specify here the options you want to load \texttt{classicthesis.sty}
|
||||
with. You also adjust the title of your thesis, your name, and all
|
||||
similar information here. Refer to \autoref{sec:custom} for more
|
||||
information.
|
||||
|
||||
This had to change as of version 3.0 in order to enable an easy
|
||||
transition from the ``basic'' style to \mLyX.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
In total, this should get you started in no time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\clearpage
|
||||
\section{Style Options}\label{sec:options}
|
||||
There are a couple of options for \texttt{classicthesis.sty} that
|
||||
allow for a bit of freedom concerning the layout:
|
||||
\marginpar{\dots or your supervisor might use the margins for some
|
||||
comments of her own while reading.}
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item General:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item\texttt{drafting}: prints the date and time at the bottom of
|
||||
each page, so you always know which version you are dealing with.
|
||||
Might come in handy not to give your Prof. that old draft.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\item Parts and Chapters:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item\texttt{parts}: if you use Part divisions for your document,
|
||||
you should choose this option. (Cannot be used together with
|
||||
\texttt{nochapters}.)
|
||||
|
||||
\item\texttt{linedheaders}: changes the look of the chapter
|
||||
headings a bit by adding a horizontal line above the chapter
|
||||
title. The chapter number will also be moved to the top of the
|
||||
page, above the chapter title.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\item Typography:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item\texttt{eulerchapternumbers}: use figures from Hermann Zapf's
|
||||
Euler math font for the chapter numbers. By default, old style
|
||||
figures from the Palatino font are used.
|
||||
|
||||
\item\texttt{beramono}: loads Bera Mono as typewriter font.
|
||||
(Default setting is using the standard CM typewriter font.)
|
||||
|
||||
\item\texttt{eulermath}: loads the awesome Euler fonts for math.
|
||||
Pala\-tino is used as default font.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\marginpar{Options are enabled via \texttt{option=true}}
|
||||
|
||||
\item Table of Contents:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item\texttt{tocaligned}: aligns the whole table of contents on
|
||||
the left side. Some people like that, some don't.
|
||||
|
||||
\item\texttt{dottedtoc}: sets pagenumbers flushed right in the
|
||||
table of contents.
|
||||
|
||||
\item\texttt{manychapters}: if you need more than nine chapters for
|
||||
your document, you might not be happy with the spacing between the
|
||||
chapter number and the chapter title in the Table of Contents.
|
||||
This option allows for additional space in this context.
|
||||
However, it does not look as ``perfect'' if you use
|
||||
\verb|\parts| for structuring your document.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\item Floats:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item\texttt{listings}: loads the \texttt{listings} package (if not
|
||||
already done) and configures the List of Listings accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
\item\texttt{floatperchapter}: activates numbering per chapter for
|
||||
all floats such as figures, tables, and listings (if used).
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Furthermore, pre-defined margins for different paper sizes are available, \eg, \texttt{a4paper}, \texttt{a5paper}, and \texttt{letterpaper}. These are based on your chosen option of \verb|\documentclass|.
|
||||
|
||||
The best way to figure these options out is to try the different
|
||||
possibilities and see what you and your supervisor like best.
|
||||
|
||||
In order to make things easier, \texttt{classicthesis-config.tex}
|
||||
contains some useful commands that might help you.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Customization}\label{sec:custom}
|
||||
%(As of v3.0, the Classic Thesis Style for \LaTeX{} and \mLyX{} share
|
||||
%the same two \texttt{.sty} files.)
|
||||
This section will show you some hints how to adapt
|
||||
\texttt{classicthesis} to your needs.
|
||||
|
||||
The file \texttt{classicthesis.sty}
|
||||
contains the core functionality of the style and in most cases will
|
||||
be left intact, whereas the file \texttt{classic\-thesis-config.tex}
|
||||
is used for some common user customizations.
|
||||
|
||||
The first customization you are about to make is to alter the document
|
||||
title, author name, and other thesis details. In order to do this, replace
|
||||
the data in the following lines of \texttt{classicthesis-config.tex:}%
|
||||
\marginpar{Modifications in \texttt{classic\-thesis-config.tex}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{lstlisting}
|
||||
% **************************************************
|
||||
% 2. Personal data and user ad-hoc commands
|
||||
% **************************************************
|
||||
\newcommand{\myTitle}{A Classic Thesis Style\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\mySubtitle}{An Homage to...\xspace}
|
||||
\end{lstlisting}
|
||||
|
||||
Further customization can be made in \texttt{classicthesis-config.tex}
|
||||
by choosing the options to \texttt{classicthesis.sty}
|
||||
(see~\autoref{sec:options}) in a line that looks like this:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{lstlisting}
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{
|
||||
drafting=true, % print version information on the bottom of the pages
|
||||
tocaligned=false, % the left column of the toc will be aligned (no indentation)
|
||||
dottedtoc=false, % page numbers in ToC flushed right
|
||||
parts=true, % use part division
|
||||
eulerchapternumbers=true, % use AMS Euler for chapter font (otherwise Palatino)
|
||||
linedheaders=false, % chaper headers will have line above and beneath
|
||||
floatperchapter=true, % numbering per chapter for all floats (i.e., Figure 1.1)
|
||||
listings=true, % load listings package and setup LoL
|
||||
subfig=true, % setup for preloaded subfig package
|
||||
eulermath=false, % use awesome Euler fonts for mathematical formulae (only with pdfLaTeX)
|
||||
beramono=true, % toggle a nice monospaced font (w/ bold)
|
||||
minionpro=false % setup for minion pro font; use minion pro small caps as well (only with pdfLaTeX)
|
||||
}{classicthesis}
|
||||
\end{lstlisting}
|
||||
|
||||
Many other customizations in \texttt{classicthesis-config.tex} are
|
||||
possible, but you should be careful making changes there, since some
|
||||
changes could cause errors.
|
||||
|
||||
% Finally, changes can be made in the file \texttt{classicthesis.sty},%
|
||||
% \marginpar{Modifications in \texttt{classicthesis.sty}%
|
||||
% } although this is mostly not designed for user customization. The
|
||||
% main change that might be made here is the text-block size, for example,
|
||||
% to get longer lines of text.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Issues}\label{sec:issues}
|
||||
This section will list some information about problems using
|
||||
\texttt{classic\-thesis} in general or using it with other packages.
|
||||
|
||||
Beta versions of \texttt{classicthesis} can be found at Bitbucket:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{https://bitbucket.org/amiede/classicthesis/}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
There, you can also post serious bugs and problems you encounter.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Future Work}
|
||||
So far, this is a quite stable version that served a couple of people
|
||||
well during their thesis time. However, some things are still not as
|
||||
they should be. Proper documentation in the standard format is still
|
||||
missing. In the long run, the style should probably be published
|
||||
separately, with the template bundle being only an application of the
|
||||
style. Alas, there is no time for that at the moment\dots it could be
|
||||
a nice task for a small group of \LaTeX nicians.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not send me email with questions concerning \LaTeX\ or the
|
||||
template, as I do not have time for an answer. But if you have
|
||||
comments, suggestions, or improvements for the style or the template
|
||||
in general, do not hesitate to write them on that postcard of yours.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Beyond a Thesis}
|
||||
The layout of \texttt{classicthesis.sty} can be easily used without the
|
||||
framework of this template. A few examples where it was used to typeset
|
||||
an article, a book or a curriculum vitae can be found in the folder
|
||||
\texttt{Examples}. The examples have been tested with
|
||||
\texttt{latex} and \texttt{pdflatex} and are easy to compile. To
|
||||
encourage you even more, PDFs built from the sources can be found in the
|
||||
same folder.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{License}
|
||||
\paragraph{GNU General Public License:} This program is free software;
|
||||
you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the \acsfont{GNU} General Public License as
|
||||
published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but \emph{without any warranty}; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
\emph{merchant\-ability} or \emph{fitness for a particular purpose}.
|
||||
See the
|
||||
\acsfont{GNU} General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the \acsfont{GNU} General
|
||||
Public License
|
||||
along with this program; see the file \texttt{COPYING}. If not,
|
||||
write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{classichthesis Authors' note:} There have been some discussions about the GPL's implications on using \texttt{classicthesis} for theses etc. Details can be found here:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{https://bitbucket.org/amiede/classicthesis/issues/123/}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
|
||||
We chose (and currently stick with) the GPL because we would not like to compete with proprietary modified versions of our own work. However, the whole template is free as free beer and free speech. We will not demand the sources for theses, books, CVs, etc. that were created using \texttt{classicthesis}.
|
||||
|
||||
Postcards are still highly appreciated.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%*****************************************
|
||||
%*****************************************
|
||||
%*****************************************
|
||||
%*****************************************
|
||||
%*****************************************
|
73
chapters/examples/appendix02.tex
Normal file
73
chapters/examples/appendix02.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
|||
%********************************************************************
|
||||
% Appendix
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% If problems with the headers: get headings in appendix etc. right
|
||||
%\markboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{Appendix}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{Appendix}}
|
||||
\chapter{Appendix Test}
|
||||
Lorem ipsum at nusquam appellantur his, ut eos erant homero
|
||||
concludaturque. Albucius appellantur deterruisset id eam, vivendum
|
||||
partiendo dissentiet ei ius. Vis melius facilisis ea, sea id convenire
|
||||
referrentur, takimata adolescens ex duo. Ei harum argumentum per. Eam
|
||||
vidit exerci appetere ad, ut vel zzril intellegam interpretaris.
|
||||
\graffito{More dummy text.}
|
||||
|
||||
%Errem omnium ea per, pro congue populo ornatus cu, ex qui dicant
|
||||
%nemore melius. No pri diam iriure euismod. Graecis eleifend
|
||||
%appellantur quo id. Id corpora inimicus nam, facer nonummy ne pro,
|
||||
%kasd repudiandae ei mei. Mea menandri mediocrem dissentiet cu, ex
|
||||
%nominati imperdiet nec, sea odio duis vocent ei. Tempor everti
|
||||
%appareat cu ius, ridens audiam an qui, aliquid admodum conceptam ne
|
||||
%qui. Vis ea melius nostrum, mel alienum euripidis eu.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Appendix Section Test}
|
||||
Test: \autoref{tab:moreexample} (This reference should have a
|
||||
lowercase, small caps \spacedlowsmallcaps{A} if the option
|
||||
\texttt{floatperchapter} is activated, just as in the table itself
|
||||
$\rightarrow$ however, this does not work at the moment.)
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[h]
|
||||
\myfloatalign
|
||||
\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{Xll} \toprule
|
||||
\tableheadline{labitur bonorum pri no} & \tableheadline{que vista}
|
||||
& \tableheadline{human} \\ \midrule
|
||||
fastidii ea ius & germano & demonstratea \\
|
||||
suscipit instructior & titulo & personas \\
|
||||
%postulant quo & westeuropee & sanctificatec \\
|
||||
\midrule
|
||||
quaestio philosophia & facto & demonstrated \\
|
||||
%autem vulputate ex & parola & romanic \\
|
||||
%usu mucius iisque & studio & sanctificatef \\
|
||||
\bottomrule
|
||||
\end{tabularx}
|
||||
\caption[Autem usu id]{Autem usu id.}
|
||||
\label{tab:moreexample}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
%Nulla fastidii ea ius, exerci suscipit instructior te nam, in ullum
|
||||
%postulant quo. Congue quaestio philosophia his at, sea odio autem
|
||||
%vulputate ex. Cu usu mucius iisque voluptua. Sit maiorum propriae at,
|
||||
%ea cum primis intellegat. Hinc cotidieque reprehendunt eu nec. Autem
|
||||
%timeam deleniti usu id, in nec nibh altera.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Another Appendix Section Test}
|
||||
Equidem detraxit cu nam, vix eu delenit periculis. Eos ut vero
|
||||
constituto, no vidit propriae complectitur sea. Diceret nonummy in
|
||||
has, no qui eligendi recteque consetetur. Mel eu dictas suscipiantur,
|
||||
et sed placerat oporteat. At ipsum electram mei, ad aeque atomorum
|
||||
mea. There is also a useless Pascal listing below: \autoref{lst:useless}.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{lstlisting}[float=b,language=Pascal,frame=tb,caption={A floating example (\texttt{listings} manual)},label=lst:useless]
|
||||
for i:=maxint downto 0 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{ do nothing }
|
||||
end;
|
||||
\end{lstlisting}
|
||||
|
||||
%Ei solet nemore consectetuer nam. Ad eam porro impetus, te choro omnes
|
||||
%evertitur mel. Molestie conclusionemque vel at, no qui omittam
|
||||
%expetenda efficiendi. Eu quo nobis offendit, verterem scriptorem ne
|
||||
%vix.
|
||||
|
29
chapters/examples/chapter01.tex
Normal file
29
chapters/examples/chapter01.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
|||
\chapter{Einleitung}
|
||||
\label{ch:intro}
|
||||
Lorem ipsum at nusquam appellantur his, labitur bonorum pri no \citep{dueck:trio}. His no decore nemore graecis. In eos meis nominavi, liber soluta vim cu. Sea commune suavitate interpretaris eu, vix eu libris efficiantur.
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Motivation
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Motivation}
|
||||
\label{sec:intro:motivation}
|
||||
\graffito{Note: The content of this chapter is just some dummy text. It is not a real language.}
|
||||
Illo principalmente su nos. Non message \emph{occidental} angloromanic da. Debitas effortio simplificate sia se, auxiliar summarios da que, se avantiate publicationes via. Pan in terra summarios, capital interlingua se que. Al via multo esser specimen, campo responder que da. Le usate medical addresses pro, europa origine sanctificate nos se. Cras faucibus, leo ac adipiscing adipiscing, erat justo vulputate arcu, non sollicitudin ipsum dolor eget lectus. Nulla sed mi non ipsum varius consequat sit amet nec ipsum. Donec ac elit id nibh pretium pulvinar non ut ipsum. Integer congue iaculis augue ac porttitor. Suspendisse sed enim ac eros hendrerit adipiscing. Integer elit libero, lacinia vitae pharetra a, ullamcorper vitae metus. In tempor, est id imperdiet pulvinar, tellus nibh lacinia diam, a eleifend dui lectus non turpis.
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Ziele
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Ziel der Arbeit}
|
||||
\label{sec:intro:goal}
|
||||
Ei choro aeterno antiopam mea, ut eos erant homero concludaturque. Albucius appellantur deterruisset id eam, vivendum partiendo dissentiet ei ius. Vis melius facilisis ea, sea id convenire referrentur, takimata adolescens ex duo. Ei harum argumentum per. Eam vidit exerci appetere ad, ut vel zzril intellegam interpretaris.
|
||||
|
||||
Errem omnium ea per, pro \ac{UML} congue populo ornatus cu, ex qui dicant nemore melius. No pri diam iriure euismod. Graecis eleifend appellantur quo id. Id corpora inimicus nam, facer nonummy ne pro, kasd repudiandae ei mei. Mea menandri mediocrem dissentiet cu, ex nominati imperdiet nec, sea odio duis vocent ei. Tempor everti appareat cu ius, ridens audiam an qui, aliquid admodum conceptam ne qui. Vis ea melius nostrum, mel alienum ac elit id nibh pretium pulvina euripidis eu.
|
||||
|
||||
Ei choro aeterno antiopam mea, labitur bonorum pri no. His no decore nemore graecis. In eos meis nominavi, liber soluta vim cu. Integer consectetur, mi congue feugiat rhoncus, ante libero consectetur eros, et interdum nulla velit non velit. Mauris pharetra venenatis porttitor. Suspendisse et risus at dui gravida hendrerit. Aenean auctor interdum sodales. Etiam tortor orci, scelerisque in gravida eu, varius a massa. Ut sem odio, commodo id pharetra eu, dictum vitae.
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Struktur der Arbeit
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Gliederung}
|
||||
\label{sec:intro:structure}
|
||||
Nulla fastidii ea ius, exerci suscipit instructior te nam, in ullum postulant quo. Congue quaestio philosophia his at, sea odio autem vulputate ex. Cu usu mucius iisque voluptua. Sit maiorum propriae at, ea cum \ac{API} primis intellegat. Hinc cotidieque reprehendunt eu nec. Autem timeam deleniti usu id, in nec nibh altera.
|
41
chapters/examples/chapter02.tex
Normal file
41
chapters/examples/chapter02.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
|||
\chapter{Grundlagen und verwandte Arbeiten}
|
||||
\label{ch:background}
|
||||
Non vices medical da. Se qui peano distinguer demonstrate, personas internet in nos. Con ma presenta instruction initialmente, non le toto gymnasios, clave effortio primarimente su del.\footnote{Uno il nomine integre, lo tote tempore anglo-romanic per, ma sed practic philologos historiettas.} Nullam facilisis, massa ut faucibus vulputate, enim velit luctus nulla, a elementum ipsum metus eu sem. Sed a auctor quam. Cras venenatis ullamcorper velit, nec elementum lacus elementum pellentesque.
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Der erste Abschnitt
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Der erste Abschnitt des Kapitels}
|
||||
\label{sec:background:first_section}
|
||||
Sia ma sine svedese americas. Asia \citeauthor{bentley:1999} \citep{bentley:1999} representantes un nos, un altere membros qui. De web nostre historia angloromanic. Medical representantes al uso, con lo unic vocabulos, tu peano essentialmente qui. Lo malo laborava anteriormente uso.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{description}
|
||||
\item[Description-Label Test:] Illo secundo continentes sia il, sia russo distinguer se. Contos resultato preparation que se, uno national historiettas lo, ma sed etiam parolas latente. Ma unic quales sia. Pan in patre altere summario, le pro latino resultato.
|
||||
\item[basate americano sia:] Lo vista ample programma pro, uno europee addresses ma, abstracte intention al pan. Nos duce infra publicava le. Es que historia encyclopedia, sed terra celos avantiate in. Su pro effortio appellate, o.
|
||||
\item[Cras venenatis:] Purus et posuere lacinia, nisl sapien dapibus metus, a ornare enim odio in ipsum. Quisque imperdiet nibh metus, in fringilla tellus. Duis varius dui eget orci commodo ac sollicitudin est placerat. Cras varius tincidunt arcu, quis imperdiet nibh rhoncus vel. Sed non justo orci, non accumsan felis. Maecenas condimentum convallis.
|
||||
\end{description}
|
||||
Tu uno veni americano sanctificate. Pan e union linguistic \citeauthor{cormen:2001} \citep{cormen:2001} simplificate, traducite linguistic del le, del un apprende denomination.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Ein Unterabschnitt}
|
||||
\label{subsec:background:first_section:first_subsection}
|
||||
Uno pote summario methodicamente al, uso debe nomina hereditage ma. Iala rapide ha del, ma nos esser parlar. Maximo dictionario sed al. Aenean posuere, enim in ultricies facilisis, ligula lacus eleifend eros, accumsan commodo metus justo placerat justo. Donec sit amet mauris dolor, at imperdiet lacus. In laoreet pretium condimentum. Proin ut varius diam. Fusce ipsum ipsum, elementum id porttitor at, pharetra congue nisi.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Ein weiterer Unterabschnitt}
|
||||
\label{subsec:background:first_section:second_subsection}
|
||||
Deler utilitate methodicamente con se. Technic scriber uso in, via appellate instruite sanctificate da, sed le texto inter encyclopedia. Ha iste americas que, qui ma tempore capital. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos himenaeos. Proin vitae urna id metus vestibulum lobortis. Duis rhoncus pulvinar massa, eget venenatis justo dapibus sed.
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Der Zweite Abschnitt
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Ein zweiter Abschnitt}
|
||||
\label{sec:background:second_section}
|
||||
Phasellus ut ipsum nulla, vitae venenatis augue. Suspendisse potenti. Mauris suscipit justo a dolor laoreet lacinia. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Aliquam commodo commodo dui, nec auctor mi malesuada et. Aenean tortor erat, semper eu ullamcorper non, dignissim sed lectus. Praesent et pretium leo.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Ein Unterabschnitt}
|
||||
\label{subsec:background:second_section:first_subsection}
|
||||
Vivamus at massa ut turpis dignissim mattis. Vivamus odio metus, venenatis vitae malesuada et, dignissim sed nunc. Mauris a nisl id massa viverra mattis in ultrices odio. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Curabitur quis metus ac sem venenatis dignissim nec.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Ein Unter-Unterabschnitt}
|
||||
\label{ssubsec:background:second_section:first_subsection:first_subsubsection}
|
||||
Sed vel ante vel quam commodo cursus. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos himenaeos. Duis non turpis eget quam rutrum scelerisque. Duis nec quam metus. Curabitur purus dui, sagittis vel mattis a, elementum vitae risus. Pellentesque a tellus lacus, id gravida lectus.
|
||||
|
205
chapters/examples/chapter03.tex
Normal file
205
chapters/examples/chapter03.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
|
|||
\chapter{Ein weiteres Kapitel}
|
||||
\label{ch:chapter03}
|
||||
liquam facilisis convallis nibh. Ut accumsan malesuada nisi, eget luctus ante dignissim at. Integer dignissim rutrum feugiat. Mauris sit amet leo id ligula fringilla pharetra. In id neque metus, eu congue libero. Suspendisse egestas imperdiet nulla, in blandit dolor venenatis vel. Quisque quis justo quis quam lobortis blandit. Quisque urna mauris, placerat a pretium eu, placerat vel risus. Donec sollicitudin malesuada cursus. Sed auctor aliquet urna sit amet porta. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Listen
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Listen}
|
||||
\label{sec:chapter03:listen}
|
||||
Fusce ac velit arcu, in iaculis urna. Vivamus id nunc nulla, et ornare eros. Mauris convallis tortor eget quam interdum nec adipiscing dui pulvinar. Cras a dolor nunc. Sed tincidunt pharetra consectetur. Sed tortor tortor, pellentesque vitae mattis eu, condimentum vel justo.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Enumeration with bullets
|
||||
\item Cras cursus ligula et tellus viverra sit amet accumsan orci consequat. Mauris eget elit enim, in mollis justo. Mauris ornare condimentum varius. Praesent suscipit sagittis eros, at accumsan justo adipiscing vel.
|
||||
\item Etiam a orci tellus. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Nullam iaculis congue ligula eget lacinia. Proin dapibus elit eu odio egestas dapibus. Etiam nunc dolor, sagittis et volutpat quis, rhoncus a tortor.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Nunc non tortor nisl, sed fringilla est. Sed feugiat, est sed imperdiet aliquam, nisl elit lobortis nisl, sit amet ultrices metus eros vitae metus. Integer tincidunt, nisi id consectetur pharetra, nibh tortor tempus ipsum, id sollicitudin erat lacus at diam. Etiam aliquet venenatis aliquet.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Enumeration with small numbers
|
||||
\item Nulla dapibus, ante ac sagittis molestie, neque nulla venenatis turpis, non scelerisque lorem sapien non turpis. Sed dolor magna, vestibulum imperdiet condimentum vel, imperdiet ac mi. Cras in orci egestas purus rhoncus congue. Cras cursus leo nec turpis laoreet non malesuada est pretium.
|
||||
\item Nunc ut tortor massa. Fusce ullamcorper mauris eget tellus egestas faucibus. Ut nec nunc quis lectus iaculis ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
Suspendisse dignissim tellus vitae ante ullamcorper luctus. Maecenas consectetur massa a massa vestibulum non egestas ipsum bibendum. Vestibulum porttitor, tortor at porttitor tristique, magna justo vestibulum sapien, a semper augue magna in orci. Mauris pretium laoreet nisi, sit amet ultricies sapien rutrum ut. Suspendisse placerat risus et magna accumsan. Ased fringilla est. Sed feugiat, est sed imperdiet aliquam, nisl elit lobortis nisl, sit amet ultrices metus eros vitae metus. Integer tincidunt, nisi id consectetur pharetra, nibh tortor tempus ipsum, id sollicitudin erat lacus at diam. Etiam aliquet venenatis aliquet. Mauris sit amet leo id ligula fringilla pharetra. In id neque metus, eu congue libero. Suspendisse egestas imperdiet nulla, in blandit dolor venenatis vel.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{aenumerate}
|
||||
\item Enumeration with small caps (alpha)
|
||||
\item Second item ed ac risus dolor, ac molestie tellus. Fusce nulla lacus, viverra vel tempus et, viverra eget augue. Nunc id dui sed velit feugiat tristique. Integer at velit justo, eget ornare nulla.
|
||||
\item Suspendisse cursus, nisl non pharetra dapibus, nunc ligula sollicitudin sem, in vehicula leo nunc et neque. Sed lacinia dapibus erat, eu dictum ligula auctor a. Phasellus ut mi sapien, in sodales turpis. Nunc pharetra varius metus eget convallis.
|
||||
\end{aenumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
Sia ma sine svedese americas. Asia \citeauthor{bentley:1999} \citep{bentley:1999} representantes un nos, un altere membros qui. De web nostre historia angloromanic. Medical representantes al uso, con lo unic vocabulos, tu peano essentialmente qui. Lo malo laborava anteriormente uso.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{description}
|
||||
\item[Description-Label Test:] Illo secundo continentes sia il, sia russo distinguer se. Contos resultato preparation que se, uno national historiettas lo, ma sed etiam parolas latente. Ma unic quales sia. Pan in patre altere summario, le pro latino resultato.
|
||||
\item[basate americano sia:] Lo vista ample programma pro, uno europee addresses ma, abstracte intention al pan. Nos duce infra publicava le. Es que historia encyclopedia, sed terra celos avantiate in. Su pro effortio appellate, o.
|
||||
\item[Cras venenatis:] Purus et posuere lacinia, nisl sapien dapibus metus, a ornare enim odio in ipsum. Quisque imperdiet nibh metus, in fringilla tellus. Duis varius dui eget orci commodo ac sollicitudin est placerat. Cras varius tincidunt arcu, quis imperdiet nibh rhoncus vel. Sed non justo orci, non accumsan felis. Maecenas condimentum convallis.
|
||||
\end{description}
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Grafiken
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Grafiken}
|
||||
\label{sec:chapter03:grafiken}
|
||||
Morbi magna augue, scelerisque in eleifend a, tristique vitae lorem. Vivamus non elementum nisi. Aliquam erat volutpat. Nunc pharetra, tortor ut adipiscing bibendum, orci ipsum mollis felis, ut euismod eros purus at tellus. Sed blandit eros at ante mattis in elementum tortor pharetra. Vivamus molestie mattis orci. Quisque ullamcorper, purus sit amet luctus viverra, turpis arcu imperdiet eros, sit amet viverra nisi ligula ut felis.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Einfache Grafiken}
|
||||
\label{sec:chapter03:grafiken:simple}
|
||||
Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Donec sed ante odio. Integer semper, nibh id sollicitudin adipiscing, odio elit blandit mi, sit amet luctus mauris velit nec velit. Aenean commodo cursus magna, id mollis sapien gravida eu. Aenean eleifend, leo dignissim sodales mattis, tellus ante tempor nunc, vulputate tristique nisl metus sit amet tellus. Nullam sollicitudin, metus sit amet sagittis interdum, metus purus dapibus lacus, pharetra lobortis erat enim a leo. Suspendisse a augue in purus tempor blandit. Aliquam malesuada porttitor nibh vel adipiscing. In mi est, vulputate nec dapibus quis, pharetra vel lacus. Sed pellentesque egestas pretium. Praesent orci risus, ornare non accumsan id, gravida sed lectus. Mauris fermentum viverra neque at dignissim. Sed consectetur auctor lorem, eget volutpat urna sodales id. Etiam pellentesque velit quis sapien tempus convallis.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure}[htbp]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{gfx/examples/setup}
|
||||
\caption{Dies ist eine einfache Grafik}
|
||||
\label{fig:chapter03:setup}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
Aenean blandit neque eget nunc euismod ac dignissim enim euismod. Nullam semper, orci vitae elementum pretium, est lorem sodales justo, id lobortis nunc felis et justo. Cras tortor orci, rhoncus a commodo quis, aliquam eu dui. Donec pulvinar, arcu ornare consequat ultricies, purus dui accumsan massa, id auctor magna justo nec risus. Nulla bibendum, est nec ornare venenatis, lacus diam pretium augue, sed convallis orci sapien vitae lectus. In blandit massa aliquam felis feugiat fringilla.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Grafiken mit Subfloat}
|
||||
\label{sec:chapter03:grafiken:subfloat}
|
||||
Quisque non massa neque. In at placerat lacus. Integer urna augue, laoreet ac mattis sed, posuere ut turpis. Nunc a metus quis elit placerat ultricies vel a eros. Quisque condimentum aliquet fermentum. Integer arcu est, suscipit quis lacinia at, volutpat nec tortor. Proin feugiat tristique est eget luctus. Suspendisse porta mauris sed sapien egestas sit amet volutpat tellus ultricies. Nulla vulputate semper turpis sed blandit. Phasellus at tortor pulvinar nisi luctus gravida.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure}[bth]
|
||||
\myfloatalign
|
||||
\subfloat[Asia personas duo.]{
|
||||
\label{fig:chapter03:subfloat:grafik1}
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=.45\linewidth]{gfx/examples/qq-plot_gaus_vs_160}
|
||||
} \quad
|
||||
\subfloat[Pan ma signo.] {
|
||||
\label{fig:chapter03:subfloat:grafik2}
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=.45\linewidth]{gfx/examples/pdf_gaus_vs_uni_vs_10_40_160}
|
||||
} \\
|
||||
\subfloat[Methodicamente o uno.]{
|
||||
\label{fig:chapter03:subfloat:grafik3}
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=.45\linewidth]{gfx/examples/pdf_gaus_vs_uni_vs_10_40_160}
|
||||
} \quad
|
||||
\subfloat[Titulo debitas.]{
|
||||
\label{fig:chapter03:subfloat:grafik4}
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=.45\linewidth]{gfx/examples/qq-plot_gaus_vs_160}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\caption[Subfloat - Figure]{Mit Subfloat lassen sich mehrere Grafiken neben- und untereinander darstellen. Jeder Figure kann dabei mit einem eigenen Text versehen werden.}
|
||||
\label{fig:chapter03:subfloat}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Grafiken mit Minipage}
|
||||
\label{sec:chapter03:grafiken:minipage}
|
||||
Donec gravida consequat arcu, et mollis tortor posuere vitae. Sed pharetra turpis a ante commodo accumsan. Suspendisse leo nulla, accumsan sit amet dapibus in, posuere eget turpis. Vivamus enim sapien, porta id placerat eget, laoreet sed massa. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos himenaeos.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure}[htbp]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\begin{minipage}[b]{5 cm}
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{gfx/examples/qq-plot_gaus_vs_160}
|
||||
\caption{Minipage-Grafik Nummero uno}
|
||||
\label{fig:chapter03:minipage:grafik1}
|
||||
\end{minipage}
|
||||
\begin{minipage}[b]{5 cm}
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{gfx/examples/pdf_gaus_vs_uni_vs_10_40_160}
|
||||
\caption{Minipage-Grafik Nummer zwei}
|
||||
\label{fig:chapter03:minipage:grafik2}
|
||||
\end{minipage}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
In vitae est eget velit mattis lobortis. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Quisque aliquam quam et justo pellentesque ullamcorper. Curabitur elementum mattis leo facilisis tincidunt. Fusce posuere viverra ultricies. Cras eget velit et ipsum gravida imperdiet et hendrerit orci.
|
||||
|
||||
Maecenas fringilla viverra urna ut egestas. Nulla sagittis molestie libero eget luctus. Nulla non odio sit amet magna vehicula tincidunt. Nulla accumsan ornare placerat. In posuere scelerisque quam, sed posuere urna eleifend quis. Pellentesque sed quam quis dui vulputate convallis ut ac diam. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Donec molestie auctor dapibus. Vivamus in erat risus, ut aliquet diam. Duis vel velit ante, id ullamcorper turpis. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. In accumsan ornare tellus a porttitor. Etiam facilisis dui et sem eleifend id luctus nisl scelerisque. Aenean quis commodo libero. Nulla quis semper dolor.
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Tabellen
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Tabellen}
|
||||
\label{sec:chapter03:tabellen}
|
||||
Sed lobortis vestibulum euismod. Vivamus vestibulum gravida nisi vitae condimentum. Nullam nec lacus nibh. Phasellus arcu magna, varius eget viverra a, elementum eu dolor. Aliquam erat volutpat. Sed nibh leo, vestibulum quis lacinia in, vestibulum sollicitudin nulla. In iaculis, purus in imperdiet sagittis, tortor diam pellentesque lectus, eget faucibus ante elit at tortor.
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Listings
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Listings}
|
||||
\label{sec:chapter03:listings}
|
||||
Aliquam ut pretium lectus. Curabitur in eros et sapien aliquet luctus ut sit amet eros. Proin et libero non mi venenatis aliquet at sed lorem. Ut sed enim mi, id viverra eros. Cras metus ante, placerat id commodo at, molestie non libero. Aenean eu risus erat, vel consequat metus. Sed malesuada metus sit amet nisl viverra hendrerit.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Equations
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Equations}
|
||||
\label{sec:chapter03:equations}
|
||||
Pellentesque sed quam quis dui vulputate convallis ut ac diam. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Donec molestie auctor dapibus. Vivamus in erat risus, ut aliquet diam. Duis vel velit ante, id ullamcorper turpis.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{equation}
|
||||
U = R * I
|
||||
\end{equation}
|
||||
|
||||
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. In accumsan ornare tellus a porttitor. Etiam facilisis dui et sem eleifend id luctus nisl scelerisque. Aenean quis commodo libero. Nulla quis semper dolor.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{equation}
|
||||
I = \frac{U}{R}
|
||||
\end{equation}
|
||||
|
||||
In the following we use probability theory to derive closed-form expressions for the fairness that is achieved among $M$ contending stations. We tag station $M$ and denote $K_i$ the inter-transmissions of station $i = 1 \dots M-1$ and let $K = \sum_{i=1}^{M-1} K_i$. The conditional probability $P[K\!=\!k|l]$ can be defined for $M \ge 2$ as
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{equation}
|
||||
\mathsf{P}[K\!=\!k|l] = \mathsf{P} \Biggl[\sum_{i=1}^{M-1} K_i = k \Big| l \Biggr]
|
||||
\label{eq:chapter03:exactpmf}
|
||||
\end{equation}
|
||||
%
|
||||
where the random variables $K_i$ are the integers that satisfy
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{equation*}
|
||||
\sum_{j=1}^{K_i} b_i(j) \le \sum_{j=1}^{l} b_M(j) \;\;\; \textmd{and} \;\;\; \sum_{j=1}^{K_i+1} b_i(j) > \sum_{j=1}^{l} b_M(j) .
|
||||
\end{equation*}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Section: Theorem and Proof
|
||||
%
|
||||
\section{Theorem and Proof}
|
||||
\label{sec:chapter03:theorem}
|
||||
We use the central limit theorem to derive the long-term fairness. In the sequel, we denote normal random variables $N(\mu,\sigma^2)$ where $\mu$ is the mean and $\sigma^2$ the variance.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{Theorem}[Gaussian approximation]
|
||||
\label{th:chapter03:twostationsgaussian}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Let the $b_i(j)$ be i.i.d. random variables with mean $\mu$ and variance $\sigma^2$ and let $M=2$. For $k,l \gg 1$ (\ref{eq:chapter03:exactpmf}) is approximately Gaussian where
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{equation*}
|
||||
\mathsf{P}[K \!\le\! k|l] \approx \mathsf{P}\biggl[ N(0,1) \le \frac{\mu\,(k-l)}{\sigma\,\sqrt{k+l}} \biggr] .
|
||||
\end{equation*}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\end{Theorem}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{proof}
|
||||
%
|
||||
For $M=2$ we have from (\ref{eq:chapter03:exactpmf}) that
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{equation*}
|
||||
\mathsf{P}[K \!<\! k|l] = \mathsf{P} \Biggl[\, \sum_{j=1}^k b_1(j) > \sum_{j=1}^l b_2(j) \Biggr]
|
||||
\end{equation*}
|
||||
%
|
||||
and after expansion and some normalization this equals
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{equation*}
|
||||
= \mathsf{P}\Biggl[ \frac{\sum_{j=1}^{l}b_2(j) - l\mu}{\sigma\sqrt{l}} - \frac{\sum_{j=1}^{k}b_1(j) - k\mu}{\sigma\sqrt{l}} < \frac{\mu(k-l)}{\sigma\sqrt{l}} \Biggr].
|
||||
\end{equation*}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Using the central limit theorem it follows that
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{equation*}
|
||||
\mathsf{P}[K \!<\! k|l] \approx \mathsf{P} \biggl[ N(0,1) - N \biggl(0,\frac{k}{l}\biggr) < \frac{\mu(k-l)}{\sigma\sqrt{l}} \biggr] .
|
||||
\end{equation*}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Since the normal distribution with zero mean is symmetric we can replace the subtraction of $N(0,k/l)$ by addition. Furthermore, the sum of two normal random variables $N(\mu_1, \sigma_1^2)$ and $N(\mu_2, \sigma_2^2)$ is normal with $N(\mu_1+\mu_2, \sigma_1^2+ \sigma_2^2)$ such that
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{equation*}
|
||||
\mathsf{P}[K \!<\! k|l] \approx \mathsf{P} \biggl[ N\biggl(0,\frac{k+l}{l}\biggr) < \frac{\mu(k-l)}{\sigma\sqrt{l}} \biggr] .
|
||||
\end{equation*}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Finally, we use that if $X$ is $N(a\mu,a^2\sigma^2)$ then $Y = X/a$ is $N(\mu,\sigma^2)$ with $a^2 = (k+l)/l$ to standardize the result.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\end{proof}
|
||||
|
||||
Th. \ref{th:chapter03:twostationsgaussian} assumes i.i.d. random countdown values. It does, however, not make any assumption about their distribution.
|
78
chapters/expose/chapter01.tex
Normal file
78
chapters/expose/chapter01.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
|||
|
||||
\chapter{Expose}
|
||||
\label{ch:intro}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Ausgangslage}
|
||||
Die Editions- und Forschungsstelle Frank Wedekind (EFFW) wurde 1987 in der Hochschule Darmstadt gegründet. Ihr Intention
|
||||
ist es, den lange vernachlässigten Autor der europäischen Moderne in die öffentliche Aufmerksamkeit zu bringen. Die
|
||||
Publikation der >>Kritischen Studienausgabe der Werke Frank Wedekinds. Darmstädter Ausgabe<< im Verlag Jürgen Häuser
|
||||
wurde 1994 direkt nach der Erschließung der Wedekind-Nachlässe in Aurau, Lenzburg und München begonnnen und im Jahre
|
||||
2013 abgeschlossen (8 Bände in 15 Teilbänden, jetzt in Wallstein Verlag). Die EFFW wurde im Sommer 2015 an die
|
||||
Johannes Gutenberg-Universitt Mainz umgezogen.
|
||||
|
||||
Da Frank Wedekind heute zu einem der bahnbrechendenen Autoren der literarischen Moderne zählt, aber bisher sehr
|
||||
wenig erforscht wurde, soll sich diese nun Ändern. Die nationalen und internalen Korrespondenzen von und an Wedekind
|
||||
zeigen eine starke Vernetzung in der europäischen Avantgard. Dies zeigt das die Wssenschaft um die Korresponedenzen
|
||||
von Wedekind eine immer größere Rolle spielen. Aktuell sind lediglich 710 der 3200 bekannten korrespondenzstücke
|
||||
veröffentlich worden.
|
||||
|
||||
Um diese zu verändern entstand das Projekt >>Edition der Korrespondenz Frank Wedekind als Online-Volltextdatenk<< \citep{EffwFrankWedekind},
|
||||
welches bei der EFFW angesiedelt ist und als Kooperationsprojekt an der Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Mainz, der
|
||||
Hochschule Darmstadt und der Fernuni Hagen umgesetzt wird und durch die Deutsch Forschungsgemeinschaft (Bonn)
|
||||
gefördert wird.
|
||||
|
||||
Hierbei werden sämtliche bislang bekanten Korrespondenz in die Online-Edition überführt. Diese Korrespondenz
|
||||
beinhaltet substantiell das literarhistorische und kulturgeschichtliche Wissen über die Kultur zwischen 1880 und 1918,
|
||||
indem das überlieferte Material zum einen transkribiert editiert und editionswissenschaftlich kommentiert wird.
|
||||
Und zusätzlich durch Kommentar die den historischen Kontexten inhaltlich erschließen.
|
||||
|
||||
Hierfür entstand das Pilotprojekt der Online-Volltextdatenbank für Briefe von und an Frank Wedekind, welches 2015
|
||||
als Beta-Version freigeschalten wurde. Diese Projekt kann aktuell unter http://briefedition.wedekind.h-da.de eingesehen
|
||||
werden.
|
||||
|
||||
Die benutzerfreundliche Erfassung und Annotation der Briefe, ist eines der Hauptziele der konzeptionierten technischen
|
||||
Architektur. Die ist der Grund, warum die Präsentation-, Recherche- und Erstellungsebene vollständig webbasiert umgesetzt
|
||||
wurde. Die Briefe selbst, werden im etablierten TEI-Format gespeichert. Dies muss von den Editoren und Editorienen nichst
|
||||
selbst eingegeben werden, sondern kann über einen entstandenn WYSIWYG-Editor direkt eingegebenw werden, welcher es bei
|
||||
der Speicherung in das TEI-Format wandelt. Ebenfalls wurde hierbei auf eine modulare und unabhängige Architektur geachtet,
|
||||
wodurch die Komponenten im Nachgang auch von anderen Briefeditionen genutzt werden können.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Ziel}
|
||||
% Anm: in dem Abschnitt vermischen Sie Ziele und Vorgehen
|
||||
Die aktuelle Umsetzung beinhaltet die bisher definierte Anforderungen komplett. Darunter fallen die Recherchemöglichkeiten,
|
||||
sowie auch die EIngabe und die Verarbeitung der Briefe. Ein größeres Problem hierbei ist die Performance der Oberfläche.
|
||||
Durch die langen Abfragedauern des Datenbestandes leidet die aktzeptanz der Anwendung.
|
||||
|
||||
Das Ziel der Arbeit ist es, die Abfragedauern zu verringern, wodurch die Performance der Oberfläche signifikant verbessert
|
||||
wird. Anhand der Quellen müssen hierfür die Abfragen ermittelt und bewertet werden. Die Abfragen mit den höchsten
|
||||
Zeitbedarf werden dann analysiert und optimiert.
|
||||
|
||||
Hierbei ist auch ein Vergleich mit anderen Technologien angedacht.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Aktueller Forschungsstand}
|
||||
% Anm: (dazu schreiben Sie gar nichts!) Genau das ist Ihre Aufgabe im Rahmen des Reading Courses die aktuelle Literatur - sei es in der Forschung, in Lehrbüchern, in
|
||||
% Systemliteratur etc. zum Thema Performance-Optimierung zu recherchieren, zu analysieren und den State of the Art zu beschreiben!
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Vorgehen bei der Umsetzung}
|
||||
% Anm: eine mögliche Vorgehensweise. Bei der Beschreibung der Vorgehensweise beziehen Sie sich dann natürlich auf den oben beschrieben Stand in Forschung und Technik
|
||||
Zuerst werden alle Abfragen ermittelt und deren Performance in Abhängigkeit der Häufigkeit der Aufrufe und Datenmengen
|
||||
bestimmt. In der Auflistung werden dann die 5-7 Anfragen bestimmt, bei dennen die größten Performance-Optimierungen möglich
|
||||
ist. Diese Abfragen werden dann genauer untersucht. Hierbei werden verschiedene Blickwinkel betrachtet um die Performance
|
||||
zu optimieren.
|
||||
|
||||
Darunter fallen zum einen die Cache-Algorithmen der JDBC-Engine, sowie auch die Einstellungen am Datenbanksystem. Hierbei
|
||||
ist noch ein besonderes Augenmerk auf die vorhandene Serverkonstellation mit zu beachteten, da diese enormen Einfluss auf
|
||||
die Einstellungen bewirkt. Ebenso werden die Aufrufe im ganzen überprüft und untersucht um zu prüfen ob die Anfragen sich
|
||||
gegenseitig durch Transaktionen oder Locks sperren. Hierfür wird ebenfalls die interne Protokolierung der Aufruf aktiviert
|
||||
und dessen Ausgabe untersucht und analysiert.
|
||||
|
||||
Danach werden die Abfrage selbst untersucht und auf Optimierungen überprüft. Hierbei wird als erstes der Aufruf
|
||||
der Abfrage betrachtet. Dann wird die Abfrage selbst genauer untersucht. Dabei wird beachtet ob die Anfragen selbst viel
|
||||
Zeit für die Bearbeitung benötigen oder auf Ressourcen warten. Zum anderen wid geprüft ob durch gezielte Umstellung oder
|
||||
Einfügen von Zwischenergebnissen schnellere Abfragen möglich sind, Wie es in der Abhandlung "Optimizing Iceberg
|
||||
Queries with Complex Joins" \cite{10.1145/3035918.3064053} gezeigt wird. Zum Schluss werden noch die Afragekriterien
|
||||
und die vorhanden, beziehungsweise genutzen, Indizierungen überprüft.
|
||||
|
||||
Als letztes wird noch die Art des Aufrufes betrachtet. Hierbei wird die Art und Weise der Aufrufe genauer betrachtet. Ob
|
||||
zum Beispiel eine vorhandene Anfrage mehrfach verwendet wird und diese besser auf 2 ähnliche Abfrage aufgeteilt werden
|
||||
kann. Oder ob an den Stellen ein Paging eingebaut werden kann, um die Datenmengen zu reduzieren.
|
33
chapters/expose/chapter02.tex
Normal file
33
chapters/expose/chapter02.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
|||
\section{Vorläufige Gliederung der Abschlussarbeit}
|
||||
|
||||
% 2te Ebene auch mit Nummern anzeigen
|
||||
\renewcommand*\theenumii{\labelenumi\arabic{enumii}}
|
||||
\renewcommand*\labelenumii{\theenumii}
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Einleitung
|
||||
\item Grundlagen % Technische Grundlagen erläutern
|
||||
\item Konzept % Konzept vorstellen und diskutieren, Alternativen abwägen usw.
|
||||
%\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
% \item Beschreibung der aktuellen Webseite
|
||||
% \item Performanceanalyse
|
||||
%\end{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Performance-Untersuchung
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Einbau von Performancecounter
|
||||
\item Aktivieren von Performancecounter am Postgresql
|
||||
\item Laufzeitanalyse starten
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Optimierung
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Anpassung der Konfiguration
|
||||
\item Veränderung der Abfragen
|
||||
\item Veränderung der Webseite
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Evaluierung
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Erneute Laufzeitanalyse starten
|
||||
\item Vergleich der Ergebnisse vor und nach der Optimierung
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Zusammenfassung
|
||||
\item Ausblick
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
36
chapters/recommendations/Makefile
Normal file
36
chapters/recommendations/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
|||
MASTER = recommendations
|
||||
VERSION = v4.4
|
||||
NAME = Max
|
||||
SURNAME = Mustermann
|
||||
|
||||
all: clean
|
||||
@pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex
|
||||
test -f ${MASTER}.aux && ( bibtex ${MASTER}; pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex ) || echo "No Bibtex"
|
||||
@pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex
|
||||
|
||||
publish: all
|
||||
@ps2pdf14 -dPDFSETTINGS=/prepress ${MASTER}.pdf
|
||||
@mv ${MASTER}.pdf.pdf ${MASTER}.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
@rm -rf *run.xml *-blx.bib *.aux *.bbl *.blg *.brf *.log *.lof *.lot *.lol *.out *.tcp *.toc *.tps *.bak *.backup *.pdfsync *.synctex.gz *.*~
|
||||
@for i in run.xml -blx.bib aux bbl blg brf log lof lot lol out tcp toc tps bak backup pdfsync synctex.gz; do find . -name *.$$i -exec rm -f {} + ; done
|
||||
@find . -name *.*~ -exec rm -f {} +
|
||||
|
||||
cleanall: clean
|
||||
@rm *.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
test: clean
|
||||
@pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode -halt-on-error ${MASTER}.tex
|
||||
@test -f ${MASTER}-blx.bib && ( bibtex ${MASTER}; pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex ) || echo "No Bibtex"
|
||||
@pdflatex ${MASTER}.tex
|
||||
|
||||
bz2: clean
|
||||
@echo 'creating package including Docs'
|
||||
@tar --exclude-vcs -cf `pwd`/../${MASTER}-${NAME}_${SURNAME}-${VERSION}-`date +%Y%m%d`.tar `pwd`/../`pwd | sed "s,^\(.*/\)\?\([^/]*\),\2,"`
|
||||
@bzip2 `pwd`/../${MASTER}-${NAME}_${SURNAME}-${VERSION}-`date +%Y%m%d`.tar
|
||||
|
||||
bz2-small: clean
|
||||
@echo 'creating package excluding Docs'
|
||||
@tar --exclude-vcs --exclude=Docs -cf `pwd`/../${MASTER}-${NAME}_${SURNAME}-${VERSION}-`date +%Y%m%d`_small.tar `pwd`/../`pwd | sed "s,^\(.*/\)\?\([^/]*\),\2,"`
|
||||
@bzip2 `pwd`/../${MASTER}-${NAME}_${SURNAME}-${VERSION}-`date +%Y%m%d`_small.tar
|
9
chapters/recommendations/abstract.tex
Normal file
9
chapters/recommendations/abstract.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
|||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\section*{Zusammenfassung}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Am Fachbereich Informatik der Hochschule Darmstadt ist vorgesehen mindestens eine eigenständige wissenschaftliche Arbeit als Bachelorarbeiten bzw. als Masterarbeit zu erstellen. Übergeordnetes Ziel dieser Arbeiten ist es, innerhalb einer vorgegebenen Zeit ein Problem nach wissenschaftlichen Methoden selbstständig bearbeiten zu können. Details über Prüfungsmodalitäten, Umfang und fachliche Anforderungen sind der Allgemeinen sowie der Besonderen Studien- und Prüfungsordnung der Hochschule und des Fachbereichs~\cite{} zu entnehmen. Die hier vorliegenden Empfehlungen ergänzt die Prüfungsordnungen um formale Aspekte von Bachelor- und Masterarbeiten sowie Best-Practices.
|
||||
\smallskip
|
||||
|
||||
Das Ziel dieser Empfehlungen ist es, für Bachelor und Masterarbeiten einen formalen Rahmen aufzuzeigen und durch das Darstellen von bewährten Vorgehensmodellen und Best-Practices Hilfestellungen zu leisten. Die Empfehlungen dient dabei als Grundlage für formale und inhaltlichen Anforderungen, die im Vorfeld mit der jeweiligen Betreuerin der Arbeit besprochen und konkretisiert werden sollten.
|
69
chapters/recommendations/checklists.tex
Normal file
69
chapters/recommendations/checklists.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
|||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\section{Checklisten}\label{sec:checklists}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Im Folgenden finden Sie einige Checklisten zur Überprüfung Ihrer finalen Arbeit. Die Listen bieten nur einen Anhaltspunkt und erheben keinen Anspruch auf Vollständigkeit.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection*{Layout}\label{sec:checklists:layout}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\vspace{-3mm}
|
||||
\item[\Square] Das Seitenformat ist DIN A4
|
||||
\item[\Square] Die Schriftgröße ist beträgt ca. 10-11 pt
|
||||
\item[\Square] Der Zeilenabstand beträgt 1.5
|
||||
\item[\Square] Der linke und rechte Rand beträgt mind. 3 cm
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection*{Formalien}\label{sec:checklists:formalities}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\vspace{-3mm}
|
||||
\item[\Square] Die eidesstattliche Erklärung ist vorhanden
|
||||
\item[\Square] Die eidesstattliche Erklärung ist unterschrieben
|
||||
\item[\Square] Die englische Zusammenfassung ist vorhanden
|
||||
\item[\Square] Die deutsche Zusammenfassung ist vorhanden
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection*{Titelblatt}\label{sec:checklists:titlepage}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\vspace{-3mm}
|
||||
\item[\Square] Der Titel der Arbeit ist korrekt geschrieben
|
||||
\item[\Square] Die Art der Arbeit (B.Sc. oder M.Sc.) ist korrekt
|
||||
\item[\Square] Der Name des Referenten ist korrekt
|
||||
\item[\Square] Der Name des Korreferenten ist korrekt
|
||||
\item[\Square] Das Datum der Abgabe ist korrekt
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection*{Struktur der Arbeit}\label{sec:checklists:structure}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\vspace{-3mm}
|
||||
\item[\Square] Die Kapitelüberschriften stimmen mit dem Inhaltsverzeichnis überein
|
||||
\item[\Square] Die Kapitelüberschriften enthalten keine Abkürzungen
|
||||
\item[\Square] Jeder Überschrift folgt ein Text mit mind. 2-3 Sätzen
|
||||
\item[\Square] Jedes Kapitel besteht aus 0 oder mind. 2 Abschnitten
|
||||
\item[\Square] Jeder Abschnitt besteht aus 0 oder mind. 2 Unterabschnitten
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection*{Bilder}\label{sec:checklists:pictures}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\vspace{-3mm}
|
||||
\item[\Square] Alle Bilder sind im Text referenziert
|
||||
\item[\Square] Alle Bilder sind - soweit nötig - mit Quellen versehen
|
||||
\item[\Square] Alle Bilder verfügen über eine aussagekräfte Bildunterschrift (Caption)
|
||||
\item[\Square] Alle Bilder sind im Abbildungsverzeichnis vertreten
|
||||
\item[\Square] Das Abbildungsverzeichnis enthält keine Referenzen
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
97
chapters/recommendations/citations.tex
Normal file
97
chapters/recommendations/citations.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
|||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\section{Richtig Zitieren}\label{sec:citations}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Jeder in der eigenen Arbeit verwendete Gedanke aus anderen Quellen ist zu zitieren! Sobald sich ein Gedanke nicht nur über ein paar Sätze, sondern über mehrere Seiten erstreckt, ist dies zu verdeutlichen. Hierbei gilt als Grundregel, dass unbedingt zu unterscheiden ist, ob auf einen wissenschaftlichen Kontext verwiesen wird, wie etwa auf eine Diskurs-Entwicklung, oder ob Gedanken anderer Autorinnen indirekt wiedergegeben werden. Die indirekte Wiedergabe des Gedankenguts anderer Autorinnen muss nachvollziehbar gekennzeichnet werden und darf nicht lediglich als vergleichendes Zitat benannt werden, ohne dass es zu einer ausformulierten Einordnung oder Diskussion kommt. Die Nachvollziehbarkeit von verwendetem Quellenmaterial muss präzise, eindeutig und unmissverständlich erfolgen.
|
||||
|
||||
Das Zitationsverfahren kann frei gewählt werden. In der Informatik allgemein üblich sind z.B. das Verfahren nach IEEE~\cite{wikipedia:citing_ieee} oder das Harvard-Verfahren~\cite{wikipedia:citing_harvard}. Solange aber einheitlich und vor allem richtig zitiert wird, hat das Zitierverfahren an sich aber keinen Einfluss auf die Note.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Direkte (wörtliche) Zitate}\label{sec:citations:direct}
|
||||
%
|
||||
In der Regel werden die Inhalte im Text sinngemäß, also indirekt übernommen. In einigen Fällen kann es jedoch sinnvoll sein wörtlich zitiert werden. Dies gilt z.B.:
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item wenn der betreffende Zusammenhang nicht besser - und vor allem nicht kürzer - wiedergegeben werden kann
|
||||
\item wenn Zusammenhänge analysiert und interpretiert werden müssen, z.B. bei kritischen Äußerungen
|
||||
\item bei ausländischer Literatur als Ergänzung zum sinngemäßen Zitat (Übersetzung)
|
||||
\item bei anerkannten Begriffsbestimmungen und Lehrmeinungen
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
\smallskip
|
||||
|
||||
Beim wörtlichen Zitat wird ein Gedanke wörtlich - einschließlich aller Zeichen, Fehler etc. -
|
||||
wiedergegeben. Für das wörtliche Zitieren gelten zudem folgende allgemeine Regeln:
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item wörtliche Zitate sollten so kurz wie möglich sein
|
||||
\item unnötig häufiges wörtliches Zitieren ist zu vermeiden
|
||||
\item aneinanderreihen von wörtlichen Zitaten ist zu vermeiden
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
\smallskip
|
||||
|
||||
In jedem Fall muss ersichtlich sein, was an fremdem Eigentum, aus welcher Quelle, in welchem Umfang und in welcher Form (wörtlich, sinngemäß) übernommen wurde
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Indirekte (sinngemäße) Zitate}\label{sec:citations:indirect}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Indirekte Zitate kommen in wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten häufiger als direkte Zitate vor. Ein indirektes Zitat zeichnet sich dadurch aus, dass eine Aussage eines Autors sinngemäß mit eigenen Worten wiedergegeben wird.
|
||||
|
||||
Im Gegensatz zu einem wörtlichen Zitat müssen sinngemäße Zitate nicht durch Anführungszeichen gekennzeichnet werden. Es sollte aber darauf geachtet werden, dass der Umfang eines sinngemäßen Zitats klar erkenntlich und dass jedes indirekte Zitat durch eine Belegangabe nachprüfbar ist.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Zitieren von fremdsprachlichen Texten}\label{sec:citations:forgein_languages}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Bei fremdsprachigen Texten ist darauf zu achten, dass Zitate die Lesbarkeit beeinflussen können. Es kann davon ausgegangen werden, dass der Leser die englische Sprache, aber nicht die französische, schwedische, japanische, russische, (...) Sprache beherrscht. Sobald derartige Quellen verwendet werden, ist eine Übersetzung anzustreben. Damit wird allerdings das wörtliche Zitieren aufgegeben. Es ist angebracht, den fremdsprachigen Text sinngemäß zu übersetzen und das wörtliche Zitat in einer Fußnote einzufügen, damit der Leser die Richtigkeit der Übersetzung überprüfen kann.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Zitieren von Wikipedia}\label{sec:citations:wikipedia}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Das Zitieren von Wikipedia-Artikeln wird immer wieder kontrovers diskutiert. Innerhalb von wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten ist auf Grund der Unverlässlichkeit der Artikel mit besonderer Vorsicht zu genießen und im Zweifelsfall zu unterlassen. Für eine wissenschaftliche Arbeit sollten immer Primärquellen bevorzugt werden.
|
||||
|
||||
Wikipedia schreibt dazu selbst~\cite{wikipedia:citing}:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\glqq As with any source, especially one of unknown authorship, you should be wary and independently verify the accuracy of Wikipedia information if possible. For many purposes, but particularly in academia, Wikipedia may not be an acceptable source.\grqq{}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
Das die Wikipedia nicht immer als verlässliche Quelle fungiert, hat sie bereits mehrfach spektakulär gezeigt. So erhielt der ehemalige Deutsche Außenminister Karl-Theodor zu Guttenberg einen zusätzlichen Vornamen~\cite{bildblog:guttenberg, spiegel:guttenberg} und die Karl-Marx-Allee in Berlin-Friedrichshain einen frei erfundenen Kosenamen~\cite{rundschau:wikipedia}.
|
||||
|
||||
Wenn dennoch aus Wikipedia zitiert wird, sollte in jedem Fall der Permanent-Link und so wie auch bei allen anderen Online-Quellen, das Datum des Zugriffs angegeben werden. Darüber hinaus sollte der von Wikipedia vorgeschlagene BibTeX-Eintrag verwendet werden:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{lstlisting}
|
||||
@misc{wikipedia:plagiarism,
|
||||
author = "Wikipedia contributors",
|
||||
title = "Plagiarism --- {W}ikipedia{,} The Free Encyclopedia",
|
||||
year = "2004",
|
||||
url = "http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Plagiarism&oldid=5139350",
|
||||
note = "[Online; accessed 22-July-2004]"
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{lstlisting}
|
||||
\smallskip
|
||||
|
||||
Diese Zitierweise kann so auch für andere Online-Referenzen genutzt werden.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Plagiate}\label{sec:citations:plagiarism}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Ein Plagiat (vom lat. Wort plagium, \glqq Menschenraub\grqq{} abgeleitet) ist die Vorlage fremden geistigen Eigentums bzw. eines fremden Werkes als eigenes oder Teil eines eigenen Werkes. Dieses kann sowohl eine exakte Kopie, eine Bearbeitung (Umstellung von Wörtern oder Sätzen), eine Nacherzählung (Strukturübernahme) oder eine Übersetzung sein. Entscheidend, ob es sich um ein Plagiat handelt oder nicht, ist in der Wissenschaft immer die Vorgabe der eigenen geistigen Urheberschaft, d. h. wenn z. B. Zitate oder verwendete Literatur nicht als fremdes geistiges Eigentum kenntlich gemacht wurden~\cite{wikipedia:plagiarism, wulff:2013:01}.
|
||||
|
||||
Ziel einer wissenschaftlichen Arbeit ist es, eigene Gedanken, Argumente und Ergebnisse aufzuschreiben und zu präsentieren. Hierzu ist es in der Regel unabdingbar, fremde Arbeiten zu nutzen und zu zitieren, z.B. um die Relevanz der eigenen Arbeit hervorzuheben oder sie gegen andere Arbeiten abzugrenzen. Dabei muss jedoch gelten, dass ein Zitat immer als solches gekennzeichnet sein muss. Ein \glqq Zitat ohne Anführungszeichen\grqq{} nennt man Plagiat~\cite{eco:2010:01}.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Die rechtlichen Folgen eines Plagiats?}\label{sec:citations:plagarism:law}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Ein Autor gibt fremde Werke komplett oder in Teilen als sein Eigenes aus. Dies verstößt im Allgemeinen gegen das Urheberrecht, sofern das gestohlene Werk urheberrechtlich geschützt ist.
|
||||
|
||||
Innerhalb der Wissenschaftsgemeinschaft führt ein solches Verhalten unter Umständen zum Ausschluss aus Forschungsprojekten und Förderungen~\cite{dfg:2013:01}. Zudem gelten Plagiate als Täuschungsversuch und werden entsprechend der geltenden allgemeinen Studien- und Prüfungsordnung geahndet. Das bedeutet im Besonderen, dass die jeweiligen Prüfer die Arbeit sehr konsequent auf mögliche Plagiate überprüfen werden. Eine Arbeit, bei der ein Plagiat erkannt wurde, wird mit der Note \glqq Nicht Genügend\grqq{} (5) begutachtet. In besonders schwerwiegenden Fällen, führt ein Plagiatsversuch zur Exmatrikulation damit zum sofortigen Ende des Studiums – natürlich ohne Abschluss.
|
||||
|
||||
Darüber hinaus stellen Plagiate im Rahmen der Bachelor- und Masterarbeiten einen Verstoß
|
||||
gegen die eidesstattliche Erklärung dar. Eine solche wahrheitswidrige Erklärung kann
|
||||
strafrechtliche Konsequenzen nach sich ziehen.
|
||||
|
8
chapters/recommendations/graphics.tex
Normal file
8
chapters/recommendations/graphics.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
|||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\section{Grafiken}\label{sec:graphics}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\glqq Ein Bild sagt mehr als tausend Worte\grqq{} -- entsprechend sollten Sie möglichst viele gute Bilder in Ihre Arbeit einbauen. An Bildern lassen sich vor allem komplexe Sachverhalte gut und verständlich erläutern. Wie im folgenden beschrieben, gibt es jedoch einige Dinge zu beachten.
|
||||
|
||||
Bilder und Grafiken sollten grundsätzlich selbst gezeichnet und erstellt werden - auch dann wenn Sie aus anderen Arbeiten übernommen werden. Oftmals ist die Qualität übernommener Bilder nicht besonders gut und es empfiehlt sich Bilder und Grafiken in einem Vektorformat, z.B. als SVG, zu erstellen. Damit lassen sich die Bilder und Grafiken ohne Qualitätsverlust beliebig skalieren.
|
6
chapters/recommendations/introduction.tex
Normal file
6
chapters/recommendations/introduction.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
|||
\section{Einführung}\label{sec:introduction}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Am Fachbereich Informatik der Hochschule Darmstadt ist vorgesehen mindestens eine eigenständige wissenschaftliche Arbeit als Bachelorarbeiten bzw. als Masterarbeit zu erstellen. Übergeordnetes Ziel dieser Arbeiten ist es, innerhalb einer vorgegebenen Zeit ein Problem nach wissenschaftlichen Methoden selbstständig bearbeiten zu können. Details über Prüfungsmodalitäten, Umfang und fachliche Anforderungen sind der Allgemeinen sowie der Besonderen Studien- und Prüfungsordnung der Hochschule und des Fachbereichs~\cite{hda:2012:01, fbi:2014:01} zu entnehmen. Die hier vorliegenden Empfehlungen ergänzt die Prüfungsordnungen um formale Aspekte von Bachelor- und Masterarbeiten sowie Best-Practices.
|
||||
|
||||
Das Ziel dieser Empfehlungen ist es, für Bachelor und Masterarbeiten einen formalen Rahmen aufzuzeigen und durch das Darstellen von bewährten Vorgehensmodellen und Best-Practices Hilfestellungen zu leisten. Die Empfehlungen dient dabei als Grundlage für formale und inhaltlichen Anforderungen, die im Vorfeld mit der jeweiligen Betreuerin der Arbeit besprochen und konkretisiert werden sollten.
|
||||
|
62
chapters/recommendations/language.tex
Normal file
62
chapters/recommendations/language.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
|||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\section{Sprache und Rechtschreibung}\label{sec:language}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Die Arbeit kann auf Deutsch oder Englisch verfasst werden. Für die gewählte Sprache sollten die jeweiligen sprachlichen Besonderheiten beachtet werden.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Deutsch oder Englisch}\label{sec:language:german_and_english}
|
||||
%
|
||||
In der Informatik ist heute Englisch die vorherrschende Sprache. Sofern die Arbeit also wissenschaftlich weiter verwendet werden soll, z.B. wenn die Ergebnisse auf einer Konferenz veröffentlicht werden sollen, empfiehlt es sich die Arbeit auf Englisch zu verfassen. Auch lassen sich viele relevante Informationen und Referenzen leichter in englischer Sprache finden und nutzen.
|
||||
|
||||
Bitte beachten Sie, dass es die „Ich-Form“ im Zusammenhang mit deutschen wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten nicht gibt. Stattdessen wird in der Regel im Passiv formuliert. Im Englischen dagegen wird gerade nicht im passiv formuliert, sondern im Aktiv wobei selbst bei einer Arbeit mit nur einer Autorin die „we-form“ gebräuchlich ist.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Rechtschreibung}\label{sec:language:spelling}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Selbstverständlich sollten die aktuellen Rechtschreib- und Grammatikregeln der gewählten Sprache beachtet werden. Beachten Sie, dass zu viele Rechtschreib- und Grammatikfehler durchaus einen negativen Einfluss auf die Gesamtnote haben können. Für Studierende die nicht in ihrer Muttersprache (Deutsch oder Englisch) schreiben empfiehlt sich die Inanspruchnahme eines professionellen Lektorats
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Abkürzungen}\label{sec:language:abbrevations}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Abkürzungen werden beim ersten Auftreten im Text üblicherweise zunächst in Langform dargestellt, erklärt und die Abkürzung des Begriffs in Klammern nachgestellt. Im weiteren Verlauf der Arbeit kann dann die Kurzform verwendet werden. Sollten in der Arbeit mehr als ca. fünf Abkürzungen eingeführt werden, sollten diese in einem Abkürzungsverzeichnis aufgeführt werden.
|
||||
\medskip
|
||||
|
||||
Beispiel:
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\glqq Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CMSA) bezeichnet im Bereich der Kommunikationssysteme eine Medienzugriffsverfahren mit dem mehrere voneinander unabhängige Sender einen gemeinsamen Kommunikationskanal nutzen könne. [...]. CSMA bildet eine wesentliche Grundlage für heutige Ethernet Netzwerke.\grqq{}~\cite{wikipedia:csma}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
\smallskip
|
||||
|
||||
Die Ausnahme zu dieser Regel stellen allgemein geläufige Abkürzungen wie: „etc., usw., vgl., z.B." dar. Diese können auch ohne vorherige Einführung verwendet werden.
|
||||
|
||||
Abkürzungen behindern den Lesefluss. Sie sollten daher grundsätzlich sehr sparsam eingesetzt werden - zumal in einer Bachelor- bzw. Masterarbeit genügend Platz, d.h. keine Beschränkung der Seitenzahl, vorhanden ist. Es sollte sich auf Abkürzungen beschränkt werden die dem Leser bzw. im jeweiligen Fachgebiet geläufig sind. Außerdem sollten Abkürzungen nur dann verwendet werden, wenn sie im Laufe des Textes häufiger vorkommen.
|
||||
|
||||
In Überschriften sind Abkürzungen im Allgemeinen zu vermeiden.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Symbole}\label{sec:language:symbols}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Die Arbeit sollte sich einer einheitlichen Symbolik (z.B. in der Mathematik) bedienen. Werden Symbole aus fremden Quellen herangezogen, so sind sie, bei inhaltlicher Übereinstimmung, den in der Arbeit verwendeten anzupassen. Ausgenommen hiervon sind wörtliche Zitate.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Fußnoten}\label{sec:language:footnotes}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Fußnoten können zum einen für Referenzen genutzt werden. Dies ist in der Informatik aber eher unüblich. Zum anderen lassen sich in Fussnoten weitere Informationen unterbringen, die nicht direkt in den roten Faden des Haupt-Textes passen und dort eventuell den Lesefluss behindern würden, aber für den interessierten Leser dennoch von Bedeutung sein können. Beispielhaft könnten man hier die detaillierten Konfigurationsinformationen eines Computers nennen.
|
||||
|
||||
Beispiel für einen Fußnotentext~\cite{bredel:2009:01}:
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\glqq We used Lenovo ThinkPad R61 notebooks with 1.6 GHz, 2 GB RAM running Ubuntu Linux 7.10 with kernel version 2.6.22. We employed the internal Intel PRO/Wireless 4965 AG IEEE 802.11g WLAN adapters. The access point is a Buffalo Wireless-G 125 series running DD-WRT [...] version 24 RC-4.\grqq{}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
Diese Detailinformation ist wichtig um z.B. die gemessenen Leistungswerte eines Systems abschätzen zu können. Sie ist jedoch sehr spezifisch, schnell veraltet und würde den Lesefluss in einem zusammenhängenden Haupttext behindern.
|
||||
|
114
chapters/recommendations/packages.tex
Normal file
114
chapters/recommendations/packages.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
|||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
% Arsclassica Article
|
||||
% Structure Specification File
|
||||
%
|
||||
% This file has been downloaded from:
|
||||
% http://www.LaTeXTemplates.com
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Original author:
|
||||
% Lorenzo Pantieri (http://www.lorenzopantieri.net) with extensive modifications by:
|
||||
% Vel (vel@latextemplates.com)
|
||||
%
|
||||
% License:
|
||||
% CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/)
|
||||
%
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% REQUIRED PACKAGES
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage[
|
||||
nochapters, % Turn off chapters since this is an article
|
||||
beramono, % Use the Bera Mono font for monospaced text (\texttt)
|
||||
eulermath, % Use the Euler font for mathematics
|
||||
pdfspacing, % Makes use of pdftex’ letter spacing capabilities via the microtype package
|
||||
dottedtoc % Dotted lines leading to the page numbers in the table of contents
|
||||
]{classicthesis}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{arsclassica} % Modifies the Classic Thesis package
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % Use 8-bit encoding that has 256 glyphs
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Required for including letters with accents
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx} % Required for including images
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{enumitem} % Required for manipulating the whitespace between and within lists
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{lipsum} % Used for inserting dummy 'Lorem ipsum' text into the template
|
||||
|
||||
%\usepackage{subfig} % Required for creating figures with multiple parts (subfigures)
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,amsthm} % For including math equations, theorems, symbols, etc
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{varioref} % More descriptive referencing
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage[english,american,ngerman]{babel} % Some languages
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{subcaption} % Required for creating figures with multiple parts (subfigures)
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{multirow} % Group the fields of several lines into one column.
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{makecell} % Common layouts for tabular column heads in whole document
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{float} % Provides the H float modifier option
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{hyperref} % Handle cross-referencing commands in LATEX to produce hypertext links
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{cleveref} % Enhances LATEX’s cross-referencing features
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{rotating} % Rotate figures and tables
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{xcolor} % Provides easy driver-independent access to several kinds of colors
|
||||
\definecolor{lightlightgray}{RGB}{230,230,230}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{listings} % Typeset programs (programming code)
|
||||
\lstset{
|
||||
%aboveskip=1em,
|
||||
%belowskip=1em,
|
||||
basicstyle=\ttfamily,
|
||||
breaklines=true,
|
||||
xleftmargin=2em,
|
||||
framexleftmargin=2em,
|
||||
frame=tb,
|
||||
framesep=1em,
|
||||
%framerule=0pt,
|
||||
backgroundcolor=\color{lightlightgray}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{hyphens}{url}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% PARAGRAPH STYLES
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\setlength{\parskip}{0.5em}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% THEOREM STYLES
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\theoremstyle{definition} % Define theorem styles here based on the definition style (used for definitions and examples)
|
||||
\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
|
||||
|
||||
\theoremstyle{plain} % Define theorem styles here based on the plain style (used for theorems, lemmas, propositions)
|
||||
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
|
||||
|
||||
\theoremstyle{remark} % Define theorem styles here based on the remark style (used for remarks and notes)
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% HYPERLINKS
|
||||
%---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\hypersetup{
|
||||
%draft, % Uncomment to remove all links (useful for printing in black and white)
|
||||
colorlinks=true, breaklinks=true, bookmarks=true,bookmarksnumbered,
|
||||
urlcolor=webbrown, linkcolor=RoyalBlue, citecolor=webgreen, % Link colors
|
||||
pdftitle={}, % PDF title
|
||||
pdfauthor={\textcopyright}, % PDF Author
|
||||
pdfsubject={}, % PDF Subject
|
||||
pdfkeywords={}, % PDF Keywords
|
||||
pdfcreator={pdfLaTeX}, % PDF Creator
|
||||
pdfproducer={LaTeX with hyperref and ClassicThesis} % PDF producer
|
||||
}
|
160
chapters/recommendations/recommendations.tex
Normal file
160
chapters/recommendations/recommendations.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
|
|||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
% Arsclassica Article
|
||||
% LaTeX Template
|
||||
% Version 1.1 (1/8/17)
|
||||
%
|
||||
% This template has been downloaded from:
|
||||
% http://www.LaTeXTemplates.com
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Original author:
|
||||
% Lorenzo Pantieri (http://www.lorenzopantieri.net) with extensive modifications by:
|
||||
% Vel (vel@latextemplates.com)
|
||||
%
|
||||
% License:
|
||||
% CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/)
|
||||
%
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% PACKAGES AND OTHER DOCUMENT CONFIGURATIONS
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\documentclass[
|
||||
10pt, % Main document font size
|
||||
a4paper, % Paper type, use 'letterpaper' for US Letter paper
|
||||
oneside, % One page layout (no page indentation)
|
||||
%twoside, % Two page layout (page indentation for binding and different headers)
|
||||
headinclude,footinclude, % Extra spacing for the header and footer
|
||||
BCOR5mm, % Binding correction
|
||||
ngermane,american,
|
||||
]{scrartcl}
|
||||
|
||||
\input{packages.tex} % Include the structure.tex file which specified the document structure and layout
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% HYPHENATION
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\hyphenation{Fortran hy-phen-ation}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% TITLE AND AUTHOR(S)
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\title{\normalfont\Large\spacedallcaps{Empfehlungen zur Erstellung wissenschaftlicher Abschlussarbeiten}}
|
||||
|
||||
%\subtitle{Zur systematischen Planung einer Abschlussarbeit}
|
||||
|
||||
\author{\spacedlowsmallcaps{Michael von Rüden}}
|
||||
|
||||
\date{} % An optional date to appear under the author(s)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% ADDITIONAL PACKAGES
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\usepackage{wasysym}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% GLOBAL CONFIGURATION
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\setlength\parindent{0pt}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstset{literate=%
|
||||
{Ö}{{\"O}}1
|
||||
{Ä}{{\"A}}1
|
||||
{Ü}{{\"U}}1
|
||||
{ß}{{\ss}}1
|
||||
{ü}{{\"u}}1
|
||||
{ä}{{\"a}}1
|
||||
{ö}{{\"o}}1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% LANGUAGE
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\selectlanguage{ngerman} % ngerman, american
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% HEADERS AND FOOTERS
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}} % The header for all pages (oneside) or for even pages (twoside)
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\subsectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesubsection~#1}} % Uncomment when using the twoside option - this modifies the header on odd pages
|
||||
\lehead{\mbox{\llap{\small\thepage\kern1em\color{halfgray} \vline}\color{halfgray}\hspace{0.5em}\rightmark\hfil}} % The header style
|
||||
|
||||
\pagestyle{scrheadings} % Enable the headers specified in this block
|
||||
|
||||
\clearscrplain
|
||||
\ifoot{
|
||||
\color{halfgray}\spacedlowsmallcaps{Prof. Dr.-Ing. Michael von Rüden | Hochschule Darmstadt}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% TABLE OF CONTENTS & LISTS OF FIGURES AND TABLES
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\maketitle % Print the title/author/date block
|
||||
|
||||
\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} % Set the depth of the table of contents to show sections and subsections only
|
||||
|
||||
\tableofcontents % Print the table of contents
|
||||
|
||||
%\listoffigures % Print the list of figures
|
||||
|
||||
%\listoftables % Print the list of tables
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% AUTHOR AFFILIATIONS
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
%\let\thefootnote\relax\footnotetext{\textsuperscript{+} \textit{Department of Computer Science, University of Applied Sciences Darmstadt, Germany}}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% ABSTRACT
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
%\input{abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\newpage % Start the article content on the second page, remove this if you have a longer abstract that goes onto the second page
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% MAIN PART
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\input{introduction}
|
||||
\input{structure}
|
||||
\input{language}
|
||||
\input{graphics}
|
||||
%\input{tables_plots_diagrams}
|
||||
%\input{source_code}
|
||||
\input{citations}
|
||||
\input{checklists}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% BIBLIOGRAPHY
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\renewcommand{\refname}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{Literaturverzeichnis}} % For modifying the bibliography heading
|
||||
|
||||
%\nocite{*}
|
||||
|
||||
\bibliographystyle{unsrt}
|
||||
|
||||
\bibliography{../../bibliography} % The file containing the bibliography
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
160
chapters/recommendations/structure.tex
Normal file
160
chapters/recommendations/structure.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
|
|||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\section{Struktur der Arbeit}\label{sec:structure}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Die Struktur und der Aufbau der Bachelor- bzw. Masterarbeit richten sich nach den üblichen Anforderungen zur Anfertigung von wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten. Im Folgenden werden diese Anforderungen kurz beleuchtet.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Umfang}\label{sec:structure:scope}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Der Umfang einer Bachelorarbeit beträgt in der Regel 40 - 60 Seiten mit ca. 2.000 Zeichen pro Seite (ohne Verzeichnisse und Anhang). Masterarbeiten haben entsprechend in der Regel einen Umfang von 80-100 Seiten mit ca. 2000 Zeichen pro Seite. Bei großen Abweichungen von den empfohlenen Seitenzahlen ist es ratsam sich vorher mit der jeweiligen Betreuerin abzustimmen.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Layout}\label{sec:structure:layout}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Für die Bachelorarbeit ist grundsätzlich in ein nüchternes, sachliches Layout zu verwenden. Effekte, wie beispielsweise farbige Überschriften, comic-artige Schriftzeichen, etc., sind in wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten zu vermeiden. Im Folgenden werden entsprechende Layout-Vorschläge formuliert.
|
||||
|
||||
Eine Latex-Vorlage des Fachbereichs für Informtik die sowohl eine Struktur für die Arbeit (lose) vorgibt als auch die Layout-Empfehlungen umsetzt finden Sie unter~\cite{mbredel:2020:01}.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Seitenformat}\label{sec:structure:layout:format}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Eine Seite gliedert sich in Kopfzeile, Textbereich und Fußnotenbereich. Die Seitenränder dienen u.A. der Betreuerin für Notizen. Sie sollten daher etwa 3,5~cm (links) und 3~cm (rechts, oben und unten) betragen. Die Kopf- und Fußzeile sollte jeweils mindestens 1,5~cm vom oberen Seitenrand entfernt sein. Das Seitenformat ist DIN~A4.
|
||||
\smallskip
|
||||
|
||||
Der Ausdruck kann bei Arbeiten mit hoher Seitenzahl - ab mindestens 50 Inhaltsseiten (ohne Verzeichnisse, Anhang, etc.) - doppelseitig erfolgen. Ansonsten empfiehlt sich ein einseitiger Ausdruck.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Schrift}\label{sec:structure:layout:fonts}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Als Standardzeichensatz sollte eine Serifen-Schriftart wie z.B. Times New Roman oder Liberation Serif, gewählt werden. Zur Hervorhebung ist Fett- oder Kursivschrift erlaubt – in wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten aber eher unüblich und mit Bedacht zu wählen. Hervorhebung durch Unterstreichen oder Anführungszeichen sind -- außer bei Zitaten -- äußerst unüblich.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Absätze}\label{sec:structure:layout:paragraphs}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Absätze sollten mit eineinhalbfachem Zeilenabstand (1,5~Zeilen) formatiert werden. Absätze sollten durch einen zusätzlichen Abstand voneinander getrennt sein. Beides erhöht die Lesbarkeit deutlich und erleichtert die Korrektur.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Gliederung}\label{sec:structure:structure}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Die Arbeit sollte folgende Gliederung aufweisen um vor allem die formalen Vorgaben, z.B. bezüglich der eidesstattlichen Erklärung, zu erfüllen. Unabhängig davon ist natürlich die Gliederung des Hauptteils der Arbeit.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Leeres Deckblatt
|
||||
\item Titelblatt
|
||||
\item Eidesstattliche Erklärung
|
||||
\item Sperrvermerk (Optional)
|
||||
\item Deutsche Zusammenfassung
|
||||
\item Englischer Abstract
|
||||
\item Inhaltsverzeichnis
|
||||
\item Weitere Verzeichnisse (Optional)
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Abbildungsverzeichnis (Optional - i.d.R. bei mehr als 3-5 Abbildungen)
|
||||
\item Tabellenverzeichnis (Optional - i.d.R. bei mehr als 3-5 Tabellen)
|
||||
\item Quellcodeverzeichnis (Optional - i.d.R. bei mehr 3-5 Quellcode-Listings)
|
||||
\item Abkürzungsverzeichnis (Optional - i.d.R. bei mehr 3-5 Abkürzungen)
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Text d.h. der Hauptteil der Arbeit
|
||||
\item Anhang (Optional)
|
||||
\item Literaturverzeichnis
|
||||
\item Stichwortverzeichnis (Optional)
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
\smallskip
|
||||
|
||||
Ein Sprichwort, eine Widmung, ein Vor- sowie Geleitwort sind i.d.R. keine Bestandteile einer wissenschaftlichen Prüfungsarbeit, sondern Marketingmaßnahmen bei der Veröffentlichung. Sie sollten daher entfallen.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Verzeichnisse}\label{sec:structure:tables}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Verzeichnisse stellen einen einfachen Überblick über die Arbeit dar. Sie sollten daher dem Leser eine gute Orientierung bieten.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Inhaltsverzeichnis}\label{sec:structure:tables:toc}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Das Inhaltsverzeichnis entspricht den Überschriften der einzelnen Kapitel. Es muss alle Kapitel und Unterkapitel auflisten, die eine Überschrift im Text aufweisen. Die Nummerierung der Verzeichnisse erfolgt nach einem Punkt-Unterpunkt-Schema. Beachten Sie, dass mehr als vier Überschriftsebenen nicht üblich sind. Die Verzeichnisse müssen in der richtigen Reihenfolge angegeben werden. Sie können, müssen aber nicht eingerückt sein. Das Inhaltsverzeichnis muss die Seitenzahl aller Kapitel, Unterkapitel, Verzeichnisse und Anhänge angeben.
|
||||
|
||||
Das Inhaltsverzeichnis muss über die Kapitel und Unterkapitel hinaus alle weiteren Verzeichnisse einschließlich des Quellenverzeichnisses und alle Anhänge auflisten. Ein nicht aufgeführtes Quellenverzeichnis wird als schwerwiegender formaler Fehler betrachtet.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Abbildungs-, Tabellen- und Quellcodeverzeichnis}\label{sec:structure:tables:misc}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Ein Abbildungs-, Tabellen- und Quellcodeverzeichnis ist immer erforderlich, wenn eine gewissen Anzahl, i.d.R. mehr als 3-5, Abbildungen, Tabellen oder Quellcode-Listings im Text enthalten ist.
|
||||
|
||||
In den Verzeichnissen sollen keine Referenzen oder Quellenangaben auftauchen. Darauf sollte besonders geachtet werden, wenn die Verzeichnisse automatisch aus den Unterschriften der jeweiligen Abbildungen, Tabellen oder Quellcodes erzeugt werden. In Latex ist dies mit dem \textbackslash caption-Befehl möglich.
|
||||
\medskip
|
||||
|
||||
Ein \LaTeX-Beispiel:
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{lstlisting}[caption={Ein Beispiel dafür wie Bildunterschriften in Latex realisiert werden können, ohne dass Referenzen in das Abbildungsverzeichnis übernommen werden. Der Caption-Text in eckigen Klammern erscheint im Verzeichnis; der Text in geschweiften Klammern erscheint als Bildunterschrift.},captionpos=b,escapeinside={(*}{*)}]
|
||||
\begin{figure}[tb]
|
||||
\center
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=1.0\textwidth]{gfx/data_flow}
|
||||
(*\bfseries \textbackslash caption[Kurzer Text für Verzeichnisse ohne Referenzen.]\{Langer *)
|
||||
(*\bfseries Text für Bildunterschriften mit Referenzen.\}*)
|
||||
\label{fig:background:802.11:data-flow}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
\end{lstlisting}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Abkürzungsverzeichnis}\label{sec:structure:tables:abrev}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Ein Abkürzungsverzeichnis sollte immer dann eingeführt werden, wenn die Arbeit eine Reihe unüblicher, nicht allgemein bekannter Abkürzungen verwendet. Wie im Abschnitt \ref{sec:language:abbrevations} beschreiben, ist es jedoch besser weitestgehend auf Abkürzungen zu verzichten.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Stichwortverzeichnis}\label{sec:structure:tables:index}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Ein Stichwortverzeichnis bietet sich vor allem für umfangreiche Arbeiten an, die eine Vielzahl von Themen abdecken. Bei Bachelor- und Masterarbeiten kann in der Regel auf ein Stichwortverzeichnis verzichtet werden - zudem die Erstellung eines solchen Verzeichnisses oft mit einem hohen Aufwand verbunden ist.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsection{Hauptteil der Arbeit}\label{sec:structure:main}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Im Hauptteil erfolgt die eigentliche Bearbeitung des Themas. Es ist darauf zu achten, dass dies in einer logischen, inhaltlich konsistenten und nachvollziehbaren Weise erfolgt.
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Gliederung}\label{sec:structure:main:structure}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Die Haupt‑ und Unterkapitel sollte nach einem Dezimalsystem numeriert werden. Es ist zu beachten, dass bei einer angefangenen Nummerierung immer mindestens eine weitere Nummerierung nachfolgen sollte. Darüber hinaus sollte auf jeder Überschrift ein Text und nicht direkt eine weitere Überschrift folgen.
|
||||
|
||||
Beispiel für eine Untergliederung:
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*]
|
||||
\item Hauptkapitel
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic{enumi}.\arabic*]
|
||||
\item Erster Abschnitt
|
||||
\item Zweiter Abschnitt
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic{enumi}.\arabic{enumii}.\arabic*]
|
||||
\item Erster Unterabschnitt
|
||||
\item Zweiter Unterabschnitt
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Weiteres Hauptteilkapitel
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
\bigskip
|
||||
|
||||
Mehr als 4 Überschriftsebenen sind nicht üblich und zu vermeiden. Eine übliche Struktur des Hauptteils könnte folgendermaßen ausschauen:
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Einleitung
|
||||
\item Hintergründe und verwandte Arbeiten
|
||||
\item Spezifischer Inhalt
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item[-] Beschreibung von Algorithmen
|
||||
\item[-] Beschreibung von Experimenten
|
||||
\item[-] Evaluierung
|
||||
\item[-] Diskussion der Ergebnisse
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
\item[n.] Zusammenfassung und Ausblick
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
\subsubsection{Inhalt}\label{sec:structure:main:content}
|
||||
%
|
||||
Bei vielen wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten wird die Unterteilung des Hauptteils in einen theoretischen und in einen empirischen Teil vorgenommen. Die wissenschaftlich geführte Diskussion im theoretischen Teil mündet in die Formulierung einer Forschungshypothese, die mit Hilfe einer wissenschaftlichen Methode, z.B. empirischen Untersuchungen, untersucht, gestützt oder verworfen wird.
|
||||
|
||||
Vor der Niederschrift einer wissenschaftlichen Arbeit ist es wichtig, sich mit Hilfe der einschlägigen Literatur einen Überblick über die verschiedenen Methoden wissenschaftlichen Arbeitens zu verschaffen.
|
||||
|
300
classicthesis-config.tex
Normal file
300
classicthesis-config.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
|
|||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% classicthesis-config.tex
|
||||
% formerly known as loadpackages.sty, classicthesis-ldpkg.sty, and classicthesis-preamble.sty
|
||||
% Use it at the beginning of your ClassicThesis.tex, or as a LaTeX Preamble
|
||||
% in your ClassicThesis.{tex,lyx} with \input{classicthesis-config}
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% If you like the classicthesis, then I would appreciate a postcard.
|
||||
% My address can be found in the file ClassicThesis.pdf. A collection
|
||||
% of the postcards I received so far is available online at
|
||||
% http://postcards.miede.de
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 0. Set the encoding of your files. UTF-8 is the only sensible encoding nowadays. If you can't read
|
||||
% äöüßáéçèê∂åëæƒÏ€ then change the encoding setting in your editor, not the line below. If your editor
|
||||
% does not support utf8 use another editor!
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{utf8}{inputenc}
|
||||
\usepackage{inputenc}
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 1. Configure classicthesis for your needs here, e.g., remove "drafting" below
|
||||
% in order to deactivate the time-stamp on the pages
|
||||
% (see ClassicThesis.pdf for more information):
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{
|
||||
drafting=false, % print version information on the bottom of the pages
|
||||
tocaligned=false, % the left column of the toc will be aligned (no indentation)
|
||||
dottedtoc=true, % page numbers in ToC flushed right
|
||||
parts=true, % use part division
|
||||
eulerchapternumbers=true, % use AMS Euler for chapter font (otherwise Palatino)
|
||||
linedheaders=false, % chaper headers will have line above and beneath
|
||||
floatperchapter=true, % numbering per chapter for all floats (i.e., Figure 1.1)
|
||||
listings=true, % load listings package and setup LoL
|
||||
subfig=true, % setup for preloaded subfig package
|
||||
eulermath=false, % use awesome Euler fonts for mathematical formulae (only with pdfLaTeX)
|
||||
beramono=true, % toggle a nice monospaced font (w/ bold)
|
||||
minionpro=false % setup for minion pro font; use minion pro small caps as well (only with pdfLaTeX)
|
||||
}{classicthesis}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 2. Personal data and user ad-hoc commands
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myTitle}{A Classic Thesis Style\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\mySubtitle}{An Homage to The Elements of Typographic Style\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myDegree}{Doktor-Ingenieur (Dr.-Ing.)\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myName}{André Miede\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myProf}{Put name here\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myOtherProf}{Put name here\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\mySupervisor}{Put name here\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myFaculty}{Put data here\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myDepartment}{Put data here\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myUni}{Put data here\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myLocation}{Saarbrücken\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myTime}{October 2017\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myVersion}{version 4.4}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Setup, finetuning, and useful commands
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\newcounter{dummy} % necessary for correct hyperlinks (to index, bib, etc.)
|
||||
\newlength{\abcd} % for ab..z string length calculation
|
||||
\providecommand{\mLyX}{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ie}{i.\,e.}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Ie}{I.\,e.}
|
||||
\newcommand{\eg}{e.\,g.}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Eg}{E.\,g.}
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 3. Loading some handy packages
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Packages with options that might require adjustments
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{ngerman,american}{babel} % change this to your language(s), main language last
|
||||
% Spanish languages need extra options in order to work with this template
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{spanish,es-lcroman}{babel}
|
||||
\usepackage{babel}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{csquotes}
|
||||
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{%
|
||||
%backend=biber,bibencoding=utf8, %instead of bibtex
|
||||
backend=bibtex8,bibencoding=ascii,%
|
||||
language=auto,%
|
||||
%style=numeric-comp,%
|
||||
style=alphabetic,%
|
||||
%style=authoryear-comp, % Author 1999, 2010
|
||||
%bibstyle=authoryear,dashed=false, % dashed: substitute rep. author with ---
|
||||
sorting=nyt, % name, year, title
|
||||
maxbibnames=10, % default: 3, et al.
|
||||
%backref=true,%
|
||||
natbib=true % natbib compatibility mode (\citep and \citet still work)
|
||||
}{biblatex}
|
||||
\usepackage{biblatex}
|
||||
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{fleqn}{amsmath} % math environments and more by the AMS
|
||||
\usepackage{amsmath}
|
||||
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{doublespacing}{fernuni-hagen-thesis} % options: abbrev exam big wiwi english master
|
||||
\usepackage{fernuni-hagen-thesis}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% General useful packages
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{T1}{fontenc} % T2A for cyrillics
|
||||
\usepackage{fontenc}
|
||||
\usepackage{textcomp} % fix warning with missing font shapes
|
||||
\usepackage{scrhack} % fix warnings when using KOMA with listings package
|
||||
\usepackage{xspace} % to get the spacing after macros right
|
||||
\usepackage{mparhack} % get marginpar right
|
||||
%\usepackage{fixltx2e} % fixes some LaTeX stuff --> since 2015 in the LaTeX kernel (see below)
|
||||
% \usepackage[latest]{latexrelease} % emulate newer kernel version if older is detected
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{printonlyused,smaller}{acronym}
|
||||
\usepackage{acronym} % nice macros for handling all acronyms in the thesis
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\bflabel}[1]{{#1}\hfill} % fix the list of acronyms --> no longer working
|
||||
%\renewcommand*{\acsfont}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
|
||||
%\renewcommand*{\aclabelfont}[1]{\acsfont{#1}}
|
||||
%\def\bflabel#1{{#1\hfill}}
|
||||
\def\bflabel#1{{\acsfont{#1}\hfill}}
|
||||
\def\aclabelfont#1{\acsfont{#1}}
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
%\usepackage{pgfplots} % External TikZ/PGF support (thanks to Andreas Nautsch)
|
||||
%\usetikzlibrary{external}
|
||||
%\tikzexternalize[mode=list and make, prefix=ext-tikz/]
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 4. Setup floats: tables, (sub)figures, and captions
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
\usepackage{tabularx} % better tables
|
||||
\setlength{\extrarowheight}{3pt} % increase table row height
|
||||
\newcommand{\tableheadline}[1]{\multicolumn{1}{c}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myfloatalign}{\centering} % to be used with each float for alignment
|
||||
\usepackage{caption}
|
||||
% Thanks to cgnieder and Claus Lahiri
|
||||
% http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/69349/spacedlowsmallcaps-in-caption-label
|
||||
% [REMOVED DUE TO OTHER PROBLEMS, SEE ISSUE #82]
|
||||
%\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{smallcaps}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}\MakeTextLowercase{\textsc{#2}}}
|
||||
%\captionsetup{font=small,labelformat=smallcaps} % format=hang,
|
||||
\captionsetup{font=small} % format=hang,
|
||||
\usepackage{subfig}
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 5. Setup code listings
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
\usepackage{listings}
|
||||
%\lstset{emph={trueIndex,root},emphstyle=\color{BlueViolet}}%\underbar} % for special keywords
|
||||
\lstset{language=[LaTeX]Tex,%C++,
|
||||
morekeywords={PassOptionsToPackage,selectlanguage},
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{RoyalBlue},%\bfseries,
|
||||
basicstyle=\small\ttfamily,
|
||||
%identifierstyle=\color{NavyBlue},
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{Green}\ttfamily,
|
||||
stringstyle=\rmfamily,
|
||||
numbers=none,%left,%
|
||||
numberstyle=\scriptsize,%\tiny
|
||||
stepnumber=5,
|
||||
numbersep=8pt,
|
||||
showstringspaces=false,
|
||||
breaklines=true,
|
||||
%frameround=ftff,
|
||||
%frame=single,
|
||||
belowcaptionskip=.75\baselineskip
|
||||
%frame=L
|
||||
}
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 6. PDFLaTeX, hyperreferences, and citation backreferences
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Using PDFLaTeX
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{hyperfootnotes=false,pdfpagelabels}{hyperref}
|
||||
\usepackage{hyperref} % backref linktocpage pagebackref
|
||||
%\ifpdf
|
||||
%\pdfcompresslevel=9
|
||||
%\pdfadjustspacing=1
|
||||
%\fi
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{pdftex}{graphicx} %%%IVO: driver will be chosen automatically
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Hyperreferences
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\hypersetup{%
|
||||
%draft, % hyperref's draft mode, for printing see below
|
||||
colorlinks=true, linktocpage=true, pdfstartpage=3, pdfstartview=FitV,%
|
||||
% uncomment the following line if you want to have black links (e.g., for printing)
|
||||
%colorlinks=false, linktocpage=false, pdfstartpage=3, pdfstartview=FitV, pdfborder={0 0 0},%
|
||||
breaklinks=true, pdfpagemode=UseNone, pageanchor=true, pdfpagemode=UseOutlines,%
|
||||
plainpages=false, bookmarksnumbered, bookmarksopen=true, bookmarksopenlevel=1,%
|
||||
hypertexnames=true, pdfhighlight=/O,%nesting=true,%frenchlinks,%
|
||||
%urlcolor=webbrown, linkcolor=RoyalBlue, citecolor=webgreen, %pagecolor=RoyalBlue,%
|
||||
urlcolor=Black, linkcolor=Black, citecolor=Black, %pagecolor=Black,%
|
||||
pdftitle={\myTitle},%
|
||||
pdfauthor={\textcopyright\ \myName, \myUni, \myFaculty},%
|
||||
pdfsubject={},%
|
||||
pdfkeywords={},%
|
||||
pdfcreator={pdfLaTeX},%
|
||||
pdfproducer={LaTeX with hyperref and classicthesis}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Setup autoreferences
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% There are some issues regarding autorefnames
|
||||
% http://www.ureader.de/msg/136221647.aspx
|
||||
% http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords
|
||||
% you have to redefine the makros for the
|
||||
% language you use, e.g., american, ngerman
|
||||
% (as chosen when loading babel/AtBeginDocument)
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{babel}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\addto\extrasamerican{%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\figureautorefname}{Figure}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\tableautorefname}{Table}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\partautorefname}{Part}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\chapterautorefname}{Chapter}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\sectionautorefname}{Section}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\subsectionautorefname}{Section}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\subsubsectionautorefname}{Section}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\addto\extrasngerman{%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\paragraphautorefname}{Absatz}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\subparagraphautorefname}{Unterabsatz}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\footnoteautorefname}{Fu\"snote}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\FancyVerbLineautorefname}{Zeile}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\theoremautorefname}{Theorem}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\appendixautorefname}{Anhang}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\equationautorefname}{Gleichung}%
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\itemautorefname}{Punkt}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
% Fix to getting autorefs for subfigures right (thanks to Belinda Vogt for changing the definition)
|
||||
\providecommand{\subfigureautorefname}{\figureautorefname}%
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 7. Last calls before the bar closes
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Development Stuff
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\listfiles
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{l2tabu,orthodox,abort}{nag}
|
||||
% \usepackage{nag}
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{warning, all}{onlyamsmath}
|
||||
% \usepackage{onlyamsmath}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Last, but not least...
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\usepackage{classicthesis}
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 8. Further adjustments (experimental)
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Changing the text area
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
%\areaset[current]{312pt}{761pt} % 686 (factor 2.2) + 33 head + 42 head \the\footskip
|
||||
%\setlength{\marginparwidth}{7em}%
|
||||
%\setlength{\marginparsep}{2em}%
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Using different fonts
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
%\usepackage[oldstylenums]{kpfonts} % oldstyle notextcomp
|
||||
%\usepackage[osf]{libertine}
|
||||
%\usepackage[light,condensed,math]{iwona}
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{iwona}
|
||||
%\usepackage{lmodern} % <-- no osf support :-(
|
||||
%\usepackage{cfr-lm} %
|
||||
%\usepackage[urw-garamond]{mathdesign} <-- no osf support :-(
|
||||
%\usepackage[default,osfigures]{opensans} % scale=0.95
|
||||
%\usepackage[sfdefault]{FiraSans}
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% \usepackage[largesc,osf]{newpxtext}
|
||||
% Used to fix these:
|
||||
% https://bitbucket.org/amiede/classicthesis/issues/139/italics-in-pallatino-capitals-chapter
|
||||
% https://bitbucket.org/amiede/classicthesis/issues/45/problema-testatine-su-classicthesis-style
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
%\linespread{1.05} % a bit more for Palatino
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
697
classicthesis.sty
Normal file
697
classicthesis.sty
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
|
|||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% classicthesis.sty
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Copyright (C) 2017 André Miede and Ivo Pletikosić
|
||||
%
|
||||
% If you like the style then I would appreciate a postcard. My address
|
||||
% can be found in the file ClassicThesis.pdf. A collection of the
|
||||
% postcards I received so far is available online at
|
||||
% http://postcards.miede.de
|
||||
%
|
||||
% License:
|
||||
% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
% (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
% GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
% along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
||||
% the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Important:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% This style can also be used without the thesis template.
|
||||
% It works with LaTeX, PDFLaTeX, XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}%[2015/01/01] % fixed via latexrelease package, see below
|
||||
\ProvidesPackage{classicthesis}[2017/10/13 v4.4 Typographic style for a classic-looking thesis]
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{latest}{latexrelease} % replacement for fixltx2e,
|
||||
\RequirePackage{latexrelease} % emulate newer kernel version if older is detected
|
||||
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Options
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
|
||||
\SetupKeyvalOptions{family=ct, prefix=ct@}
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{drafting} % print version information on all pages
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{tocaligned} % the left column of the toc will be aligned (no indentation)
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{dottedtoc} % page numbers in ToC flushed right
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{listsseparated} % OBSOLETE; toggles the vertical space between lof/lot entries of different chapters
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{parts} % use part division
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{nochapters} % OBSOLETE - automatic check; disable all chapter-specific commands
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{eulerchapternumbers} % use AMS Euler for chapter font (otherwise Palatino)
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{linedheaders} % chaper headers will have line above and beneath
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{floatperchapter} % numbering per chapter for all floats (i.e., Figure 1.1)
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{manychapters} % additional space in ToC after chapter number (if two digits are needed)
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{listings} % load listings package and setup LoL
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{subfig} % setup for preloaded @subfig package
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{eulermath} % use awesome Euler fonts for mathematical formulae; only with pdflatex
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{beramono} % toggle a nice monospaced font (w/ bold) + pre-installed
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{minionpro} % setup for minion pro font; use minion pro small caps as well; only with pdflatex
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{minionprospacing} % OBSOLETE; use minion pro's textssc for letter spacing
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{pdfspacing} % OBSOLETE; use pdftex for letterspacing (via microtype)
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{a4paper}
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{a5paper}
|
||||
\DeclareBoolOption{letterpaper}
|
||||
\DeclareStringOption[a4]{paper} % paper size defaults to A4
|
||||
\ProcessKeyvalOptions{ct}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%%% seems that KOMA-Script gives preference to old-style paper options, thus first
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@letterpaper}}{\renewcommand*{\ct@paper}{letter}}{}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@a5paper}}{\renewcommand*{\ct@paper}{a5}}{}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@a4paper}}{\renewcommand*{\ct@paper}{a4}}{}
|
||||
%%% then
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ct@paper}{a4}}%
|
||||
{\setboolean{ct@a4paper}{true} \setboolean{ct@a5paper}{false} \setboolean{ct@letterpaper}{false}}%
|
||||
{}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ct@paper}{a5}}%
|
||||
{\setboolean{ct@a4paper}{false} \setboolean{ct@a5paper}{true} \setboolean{ct@letterpaper}{false}}%
|
||||
{}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ct@paper}{letter}}%
|
||||
{\setboolean{ct@a4paper}{false} \setboolean{ct@a5paper}{false} \setboolean{ct@letterpaper}{true}}%
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% subfig-related stuff
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{subfig}%
|
||||
{\setboolean{ct@subfig}{true}%
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@subfig}}%
|
||||
{\PassOptionsToPackage{subfigure}{tocloft}%
|
||||
}{\relax}%
|
||||
|
||||
% listings-related stuff
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@listings}}%
|
||||
{\@ifpackageloaded{listings}%
|
||||
{\relax}{\RequirePackage{listings}}%
|
||||
}{\relax}%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% fine-tuning if we do not use chapters
|
||||
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\isundefined{\chapter}\OR\boolean{ct@nochapters}}
|
||||
{
|
||||
\PackageWarningNoLine{classicthesis}{Chapter sectioning command not present in this document class. %
|
||||
Deactivating options floatperchapter, linedheaders, manychapters, listsseparated, eulerchapternumbers and parts}%
|
||||
\setboolean{ct@linedheaders}{false}%
|
||||
\setboolean{ct@listsseparated}{false}%
|
||||
\setboolean{ct@eulerchapternumbers}{false}%
|
||||
\setboolean{ct@parts}{false}% %%%IVO: note that parts exist even when chapters are not defined!
|
||||
\setboolean{ct@manychapters}{false}%
|
||||
\setboolean{ct@floatperchapter}{false}%
|
||||
\setboolean{ct@nochapters}{true}
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% PDF and XeLaTeX Stuff
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ifpdf}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ifluatex}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{pdf}\OR\boolean{luatex}\OR\boolean{xetex}}%
|
||||
{
|
||||
\RequirePackage{hyperref}
|
||||
\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\let\thepart=\relax} % no part numbers (i, ii, iii) in PDF outline IVO
|
||||
%\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\renewcommand{\thepart}{\Roman{part}}} %%%IVO bring back Part numbers in PDF outline
|
||||
}{}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Colors
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipsnames}{xcolor}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{xcolor} % [dvipsnames]
|
||||
\definecolor{halfgray}{gray}{0.55} % chapter numbers will be semi transparent .5 .55 .6 .0
|
||||
\definecolor{webgreen}{rgb}{0,.5,0}
|
||||
\definecolor{webbrown}{rgb}{.6,0,0}
|
||||
%\definecolor{Maroon}{cmyk}{0, 0.87, 0.68, 0.32}
|
||||
%\definecolor{RoyalBlue}{cmyk}{1, 0.50, 0, 0}
|
||||
%\definecolor{Black}{cmyk}{0, 0, 0, 0}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Font Stuff
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{xetex}\OR\boolean{luatex}}
|
||||
{ % use fontspec and OpenType fonts with utf8 engines
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fontspec}
|
||||
\setmainfont[Ligatures=TeX,Numbers=OldStyle]{TeX Gyre Pagella} % Palatino clone
|
||||
\linespread{1.05} % a bit more for Palatino
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@beramono}}%
|
||||
{\setmonofont[Scale=0.85]{DejaVu Sans Mono}} % like Bera; Scale=MatchLowercase
|
||||
{\setmonofont[Scale=1]{Latin Modern Mono}}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{unicode-math}
|
||||
\setmathfont{TeX Gyre Pagella Math}
|
||||
% font for the chapter numbers will be defined in the old way below
|
||||
% because there is no OpenType Euler font; this is how it should be done:
|
||||
%\newfontface\chapterNumber[Scale=7,Color=000000]{TeX Gyre Pagella Bold}
|
||||
}
|
||||
{ % use Type 1 fonts with pdflatex
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@minionpro}}% specialists: MinionPro
|
||||
{%
|
||||
% in order have Euler math fonts work with Minion, special option is needed
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@eulermath}}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{opticals,mathlf,onlytext}{MinionPro}%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{MinionPro} % opticals, fullfamily, osf
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{opticals,mathlf}{MinionPro}%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{MinionPro} % opticals, fullfamily, osf
|
||||
}
|
||||
}{
|
||||
% default: Palatino
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{osf,sc}{mathpazo}%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{mathpazo} % Palatino with real small caps and old style figures
|
||||
\linespread{1.05} % a bit more for Palatino
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@beramono}}%
|
||||
{\PassOptionsToPackage{scaled=0.85}{beramono}%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{beramono}%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\relax%
|
||||
% put your own suitable typewriter font here
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{\rmdefault}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@eulermath}}%
|
||||
{\PassOptionsToPackage{euler-digits}{eulervm}%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{eulervm}} % Euler math fonts
|
||||
{\relax}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@eulerchapternumbers}}% font for the chapter numbers
|
||||
{\DeclareFixedFont{\chapterNumber}{U}{eur}{b}{n}{70}}%
|
||||
{\DeclareFixedFont{\chapterNumber}{T1}{pplj}{m}{n}{70}}%
|
||||
%{\newfont{\chapterNumber}{eurb10 scaled 7000}}%
|
||||
%{\newfont{\chapterNumber}{pplr9d scaled 7000}}
|
||||
% Euler eurb10 / Palatino OSF pplr9d / Palatino SC pplrc9d
|
||||
% Latin Modern cork-lmr10 / Minion MinionPro-Regular-osf-t1
|
||||
% (MinionPro-SemiboldCapt-osf-t1 MinionPro-SemiboldDisp-osf-t1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\RequirePackage{microtype} % character protruding and other micro-typography stuff
|
||||
% [expansion=false]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Textblock size
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{typearea}%
|
||||
{\relax}{%
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{headinclude,footinclude}{typearea}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{typearea}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@letterpaper}}%
|
||||
{% A4
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@minionpro}}%
|
||||
{% Minion gets some extra sizes
|
||||
\PackageInfo{classicthesis}{letter paper, MinionPro}%
|
||||
\areaset[current]{332pt}{634pt}% guessing from A4 values
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparwidth}{7.5em}%
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparsep}{2em}%
|
||||
}{% Palatino or other
|
||||
\PackageInfo{classicthesis}{letter paper, Palatino or other}
|
||||
\areaset[current]{356pt}{700pt} % guessing from A4 values
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparwidth}{7em}%
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparsep}{2em}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@a5paper}}%
|
||||
{% A5
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@minionpro}}%
|
||||
{% Minion gets some extra sizes
|
||||
\PackageInfo{classicthesis}{A5 paper, MinionPro}%
|
||||
\areaset[current]{278pt}{556pt}%
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparwidth}{5em}%
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparsep}{1.25em}%
|
||||
}{% Palatino or other
|
||||
\PackageInfo{classicthesis}{A5 paper, Palatino or other}%
|
||||
\areaset[current]{288pt}{555pt}%
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparwidth}{4em}%
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparsep}{1.25em}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@a4paper}}%
|
||||
{% A4
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@minionpro}}%
|
||||
{% Minion gets some extra sizes
|
||||
\PackageInfo{classicthesis}{A4 paper, MinionPro}%
|
||||
\areaset[current]{312pt}{684pt}% 609 + 33 + 42 head \the\footskip
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparwidth}{7.5em}%
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparsep}{2em}%
|
||||
}{% Palatino or other
|
||||
\PackageInfo{classicthesis}{A4 paper, Palatino or other}
|
||||
\areaset[current]{370pt}{750pt} % ~ 336 * factor 2 + 33 head + 42 \the\footskip
|
||||
% \areaset[current]{336pt}{750pt} % ~ 336 * factor 2 + 33 head + 42 \the\footskip
|
||||
% \areaset{336pt}{761pt} % 686 (factor 2.2) + 33 head + 42 head \the\footskip 10pt
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparwidth}{7em}%
|
||||
\setlength{\marginparsep}{2em}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
|
||||
% Here are some suggestions for the text widths and heights:
|
||||
% Palatino 10pt: 288--312pt | 609--657pt
|
||||
% Palatino 11pt: 312--336pt | 657--705pt
|
||||
% Palatino 12pt: 360--384pt | 768pt
|
||||
% Minion 10pt: 264--288pt | 561--609pt
|
||||
% Minion 11pt: 288--312pt | 609--657pt
|
||||
% Minion 12pt: 336pt | 672pt
|
||||
% Libertine 10pt:
|
||||
% Libertine 11pt:
|
||||
% Libertine 12pt:
|
||||
% kpfonts 10pt:
|
||||
% kpfonts 11pt:
|
||||
% kpfonts 12pt:
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Own Stuff
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Disable single lines at the start of a paragraph (Schusterjungen)
|
||||
\clubpenalty = 10000
|
||||
% Disable single lines at the end of a paragraph (Hurenkinder)
|
||||
\widowpenalty = 10000
|
||||
\displaywidowpenalty = 10000 % formulas
|
||||
|
||||
% Graffiti as in GKP's book "Concrete Mathematics"
|
||||
% thanks to Lorenzo Pantieri and Enrico Gregorio
|
||||
\def\graffito@setup{%
|
||||
% \slshape\footnotesize% this was due to \slhape in above book
|
||||
\itshape\footnotesize\leavevmode\color{Black}%
|
||||
\parindent=0pt \lineskip=0pt \lineskiplimit=0pt %
|
||||
\tolerance=2000 \hyphenpenalty=300 \exhyphenpenalty=300%
|
||||
\doublehyphendemerits=100000%
|
||||
\finalhyphendemerits=\doublehyphendemerits}
|
||||
%\DeclareRobustCommand{\graffito}[1]{\marginpar%
|
||||
% [\graffito@setup\raggedleft\hspace{0pt}{#1}]%
|
||||
% {\graffito@setup\raggedright\hspace{0pt}{#1}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\let\oldmarginpar\marginpar
|
||||
\renewcommand{\marginpar}[2][]{% always add optional parameter, make it empty by default
|
||||
\if\relax\detokenize{#1}\relax% optional parameter empty, in all normal document calls
|
||||
\oldmarginpar[\graffito@setup\raggedleft\hspace{0pt}#2]{\graffito@setup\raggedright\hspace{0pt}#2}%
|
||||
\else%two parameters, let them use their styling
|
||||
\oldmarginpar[#1]{#2}%
|
||||
\fi%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Enumeration environment with small caps
|
||||
\newenvironment{aenumerate}
|
||||
{\def\theenumi{\textsc{\alph{enumi}}}%
|
||||
\enumerate}
|
||||
{\endenumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Fancy Stuff
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{booktabs} % for better rules in tables
|
||||
\RequirePackage{textcase} % for \MakeTextUppercase
|
||||
|
||||
%%% engine-dependent letterspacing: microtype for pdflatex, fontspec for xelatex and luatex
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@minionpro}}{% MinionPro small caps
|
||||
\PackageInfo{classicthesis}{Using MinionPro's textssc for character spacing.}
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\spacedallcaps}[1]{\textssc{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\spacedlowsmallcaps}[1]{\textssc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}
|
||||
}{
|
||||
% engine-based spacedallcaps and spacedlowsmallcaps
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{pdf}\OR\boolean{luatex}}{ % pdf will soon test true for both pdflatex and luatex; \AND\NOT\boolean{luatex}
|
||||
\PackageInfo{classicthesis}{Using pdftex/microtype for character spacing.%
|
||||
Make sure your pdftex is version 1.40 or higher.}%
|
||||
\microtypesetup{expansion=false}
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\spacedallcaps}[1]{\textls[160]{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\spacedlowsmallcaps}[1]{\textls[80]{\scshape\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{xetex}}{ % use fontspec features; \OR\boolean{luatex} does not work well
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\spacedallcaps}[1]{{\addfontfeature{LetterSpace=18.0}\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}% WordSpace=1.8
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\spacedlowsmallcaps}[1]{{\addfontfeatures{LetterSpace=14.0}\scshape\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}% WordSpace=1.8
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{pdf}\OR\boolean{xetex}\OR\boolean{luatex}}% ever used? only dvi engines remain
|
||||
{\relax}{%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{soulutf8} % for letterspacing
|
||||
\sodef\allcapsspacing{\upshape}{0.15em}{0.65em}{0.6em}%
|
||||
\sodef\lowsmallcapsspacing{\scshape}{0.075em}{0.5em}{0.6em}%
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\spacedallcaps}[1]{\MakeTextUppercase{\allcapsspacing{#1}}}%
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\spacedlowsmallcaps}[1]{\MakeTextLowercase{\lowsmallcapsspacing{#1}}}%\protect
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% headlines
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{automark}{scrpage2}
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{automark}{scrlayer-scrpage}
|
||||
%\RequirePackage{scrpage2} % provides headers and footers (KOMA Script)
|
||||
\RequirePackage{scrlayer-scrpage} % provides headers and footers (KOMA Script)
|
||||
\clearpairofpagestyles
|
||||
%\setheadsepline{0pt}
|
||||
\let\MakeMarkcase\spacedlowsmallcaps
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}%
|
||||
{\relax}%
|
||||
{\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\enspace\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\lehead{\mbox{\llap{\small\pagemark\kern2em}\headmark\hfil}}
|
||||
\rohead{\mbox{\hfil{\headmark}\rlap{\small\kern2em\pagemark}}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\headfont}{\small}
|
||||
% \DeclareRobustCommand{\fixBothHeadlines}[2]{} % <--- ToDo
|
||||
% hack to get the content headlines right (thanks, Lorenzo!)
|
||||
\def\toc@heading{%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}%
|
||||
{\section*{\contentsname}}%nochapters
|
||||
{\chapter*{\contentsname}}%chapters
|
||||
\@mkboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{\contentsname}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{\contentsname}}} %%%IVO what does this do?
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% layout of the chapter-, section-, subsection-, subsubsection-,
|
||||
% paragraph and description-headings
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage[newparttoc]{titlesec} % newparttoc to write \part to .toc with \numberline
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}{\relax}{\titleclass{\chapter}{top}} % thanks to Javier Bezos of titlesec
|
||||
\def\ttl@addcontentsline#1#2{% this is from titlesec.sty
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifttl@toclabel\ttl@a\fi{#2}}% write titles as a group inside {}
|
||||
\nobreak}
|
||||
% parts
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@parts}}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\newcommand{\ctparttext}[1]{\renewcommand{\ctparttext@keep}{#1}}
|
||||
\def\ctparttext@keep{} % Thanks to Ivo
|
||||
\def\ctparttext@print{\ctparttext@keep \gdef\ctparttext@keep{}}
|
||||
\titleformat{\part}[display]
|
||||
{\normalfont\centering\large}%
|
||||
{\thispagestyle{empty}\partname~\MakeTextUppercase{\thepart}}{1em}%
|
||||
{\color{Maroon}\spacedallcaps}[\bigskip\normalfont\normalsize\color{Black}\begin{quote}\ctparttext@print\end{quote}]
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
% chapters
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@linedheaders}}%
|
||||
{% lines above and below, number right
|
||||
\titleformat{\chapter}[display]%
|
||||
{\relax}{\raggedleft{\color{halfgray}\chapterNumber\thechapter} \\ }{0pt}%
|
||||
{\titlerule\vspace*{.9\baselineskip}\raggedright\spacedallcaps}[\normalsize\vspace*{.8\baselineskip}\titlerule]%
|
||||
}{% something like Bringhurst
|
||||
\titleformat{\chapter}[display]%
|
||||
{\relax}{\mbox{}\oldmarginpar{\vspace*{-3\baselineskip}\color{halfgray}\chapterNumber\thechapter}}{0pt}%
|
||||
{\raggedright\spacedallcaps}[\normalsize\vspace*{.8\baselineskip}\titlerule]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
% sections \FloatBarrier
|
||||
\titleformat{\section}
|
||||
{\relax}{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{\thesection}}}{1em}{\spacedlowsmallcaps}
|
||||
% subsections
|
||||
\titleformat{\subsection}
|
||||
{\relax}{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{\thesubsection}}}{1em}{\normalsize\itshape}
|
||||
% subsubsections
|
||||
\titleformat{\subsubsection}
|
||||
{\relax}{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{\thesubsubsection}}}{1em}{\normalsize\itshape}
|
||||
% paragraphs
|
||||
\titleformat{\paragraph}[runin]
|
||||
{\normalfont\normalsize}{\theparagraph}{0pt}{\spacedlowsmallcaps}
|
||||
% descriptionlabels
|
||||
\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\hspace*{\labelsep}\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}} % spacedlowsmallcaps textit textsc
|
||||
% spacing
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}%
|
||||
{\relax}%
|
||||
{\titlespacing*{\chapter}{0pt}{1\baselineskip}{1.2\baselineskip}}
|
||||
\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{1.25\baselineskip}{1\baselineskip}
|
||||
\titlespacing*{\subsection}{0pt}{1.25\baselineskip}{1\baselineskip}
|
||||
\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{1\baselineskip}{1\baselineskip}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% layout of the TOC, LOF and LOT (LOL-workaround see next section)
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{titles}{tocloft}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tocloft}
|
||||
% avoid page numbers being right-aligned in fixed-size box
|
||||
\newlength{\newnumberwidth}
|
||||
\settowidth{\newnumberwidth}{999} % yields overfull hbox warnings for pages > 999
|
||||
\cftsetpnumwidth{\newnumberwidth}
|
||||
|
||||
% have the bib neatly positioned after the rest
|
||||
\newlength{\beforebibskip}
|
||||
\setlength{\beforebibskip}{0em}
|
||||
|
||||
% space for more than nine chapters
|
||||
\newlength{\newchnumberwidth}
|
||||
\settowidth{\newchnumberwidth}{.} % <--- tweak here if more space required
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@manychapters}}% <--- many chapters option
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\addtolength{\cftchapnumwidth}{\newchnumberwidth}%
|
||||
\addtolength{\cftsecnumwidth}{\newchnumberwidth}
|
||||
\addtolength{\cftsecindent}{\newchnumberwidth}
|
||||
\addtolength{\cftsubsecnumwidth}{\newchnumberwidth}
|
||||
\addtolength{\cftsubsecindent}{2\newchnumberwidth}
|
||||
\addtolength{\cftsubsubsecnumwidth}{\newchnumberwidth}
|
||||
}{\relax}%
|
||||
|
||||
% pagenumbers right after the titles
|
||||
% parts
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@parts}}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thepart}{\roman{part}}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftpartpresnum}{\scshape}% \MakeTextLowercase
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftpartaftersnum}{}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftpartaftersnumb}{\spacedlowsmallcaps}%
|
||||
\setlength{\cftpartnumwidth}{\cftchapnumwidth}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftpartfont}{\color{Maroon}\normalfont}%
|
||||
\cftpagenumbersoff{part}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftpartpagefont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@dottedtoc}}{\relax}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftpartleader}{\hspace{1.5em}}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftpartafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\setlength{\cftbeforepartskip}{1em}%
|
||||
\setlength{\cftbeforechapskip}{.1em}%
|
||||
\setlength{\beforebibskip}{1.5\cftbeforepartskip}%
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
% chapters
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}%
|
||||
{\relax}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftchappresnum}{\spacedlowsmallcaps}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftchapaftersnumb}{\spacedlowsmallcaps}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftchapfont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftchappagefont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@dottedtoc}}{\relax}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftchapleader}{\hspace{1.5em}}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftchapafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
%\setlength{\cftbeforechapskip}{.1em}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
% sections
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\setlength{\cftbeforesecskip}{.1em}%
|
||||
\setlength{\beforebibskip}{1em}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
{\relax}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsecpresnum}{\scshape\MakeTextLowercase}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsecpagefont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@dottedtoc}}{\relax}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsecleader}{\hspace{1.5em}}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsecafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@tocaligned}}{\renewcommand{\cftsecindent}{0em}}{\relax}
|
||||
% subsections
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsubsecpresnum}{\scshape\MakeTextLowercase}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsubsecfont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@dottedtoc}}{\relax}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsubsecleader}{\hspace{1.5em}}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsubsecafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@tocaligned}}{\renewcommand{\cftsubsecindent}{0em}}{\relax}
|
||||
% subsubsections
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsubsubsecpresnum}{\scshape\MakeTextLowercase}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsubsubsecfont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@dottedtoc}}{\relax}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsubsubsecleader}{\hspace{1.5em}}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftsubsubsecafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@tocaligned}}{\renewcommand{\cftsubsubsecindent}{0em}}{\relax}
|
||||
% figures
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftfigpresnum}{\scshape\MakeTextLowercase}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftfigfont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@dottedtoc}}{\relax}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftfigleader}{\hspace{1.5em}}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftfigafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftfigpresnum}{\figurename~}%Fig.~}
|
||||
\newlength{\figurelabelwidth}
|
||||
\settowidth{\figurelabelwidth}{\cftfigpresnum~999}
|
||||
\addtolength{\figurelabelwidth}{2.5em}
|
||||
\cftsetindents{figure}{0em}{\figurelabelwidth}
|
||||
% tables
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cfttabpresnum}{\scshape\MakeTextLowercase}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cfttabfont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@dottedtoc}}{\relax}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cfttableader}{\hspace{1.5em}}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cfttabafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cfttabpresnum}{\tablename~}%Tab.~}
|
||||
\newlength{\tablelabelwidth}
|
||||
\settowidth{\tablelabelwidth}{\cfttabpresnum~999}
|
||||
\addtolength{\tablelabelwidth}{2.5em}
|
||||
%\cftsetindents{table}{0em}{\tablelabelwidth}
|
||||
\cftsetindents{table}{0em}{\figurelabelwidth}
|
||||
% listings
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@listings}}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\newlistof{listings}{lol}{\lstlistlistingname}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftlistingspresnum}{\scshape\MakeTextLowercase}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftlistingsfont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftlistingspresnum}{\lstlistingname~}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftlistingspagefont}{\normalfont}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@dottedtoc}}{\relax}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftlistingsleader}{\hspace{1.5em}}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftlistingsafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newlength{\listingslabelwidth}%
|
||||
\settowidth{\listingslabelwidth}{\cftlistingspresnum~999}%
|
||||
\addtolength{\listingslabelwidth}{2.5em}%
|
||||
%\cftsetindents{listings}{0em}{\listingslabelwidth}%
|
||||
\cftsetindents{listings}{0em}{\figurelabelwidth}%
|
||||
\let\l@lstlisting\l@listings%
|
||||
\let\lstlistoflistings\listoflistings%
|
||||
}{\relax}%
|
||||
|
||||
% dirty work-around to get the spacing after the toc/lot/lof-titles right
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@parts}}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace{-\cftbeforepartskip}}}
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}%
|
||||
{\relax}%
|
||||
{\AtBeginDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace{-\cftbeforechapskip}}}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\tocEntry}[1]{\protect\numberline {}{#1}}%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%% remove the vertical space between lof/lot entries of different chapters
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@listsseparated}}{%
|
||||
\PackageWarningNoLine{classicthesis}{Option "listsseparated" deprecated as of version 2.9.}%
|
||||
}{\relax}
|
||||
% \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@listsseparated}}{%
|
||||
% \AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
% \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{-\cftbeforechapskip}}%
|
||||
% \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\vspace{-\cftbeforechapskip}}%
|
||||
% \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@listings}}%
|
||||
% {%
|
||||
% \addtocontents{lol}{\protect\vspace{-\cftbeforechapskip}}%
|
||||
% }{\relax}%
|
||||
% }%
|
||||
% }{%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\deactivateaddvspace}{\let\addvspace\@gobble}%
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
\addtocontents{lof}{\deactivateaddvspace}%
|
||||
\addtocontents{lot}{\deactivateaddvspace}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@listings}}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\addtocontents{lol}{\deactivateaddvspace}%
|
||||
}{\relax}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
% }
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% footnotes setup
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\ifdefined\deffootnote
|
||||
% KOMA-command, footnotemark not superscripted at the bottom
|
||||
\deffootnote{0em}{0em}{\thefootnotemark\hspace*{.5em}}%
|
||||
\message{Using KOMA-command "deffootnote" for footnote setup}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{flushmargin}{footmisc}%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{footmisc}%
|
||||
\setlength{\footnotemargin}{-.5em}%
|
||||
\PackageWarningNoLine{classicthesis}{Using package "footmisc" with option %
|
||||
"flushmargin" for footnote setup (not 100\% the same as with KOMA)}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Drafting Stuff
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{scrtime} % time access
|
||||
\newcommand{\finalVersionString}{\relax}
|
||||
\providecommand{\myVersion}{$\!\!$} % w/o classicthesis-config.tex
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@drafting}}{%
|
||||
% \RequirePackage{draftwatermark}%
|
||||
% \SetWatermarkLightness{0.9}
|
||||
% \SetWatermarkScale{.5}
|
||||
% \SetWatermarkText{\today\ at \thistime}
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{prelim2e}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{prelim2e}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\PrelimWords}{\relax}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\PrelimText}{\footnotesize[\,\today\ at \thistime\ -- \texttt{classicthesis}~\myVersion\,]}
|
||||
}{\renewcommand{\finalVersionString}{\emph{Final Version} as of \today\ (\texttt{classicthesis}~\myVersion).}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Caption numbering now w/o chapter number
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@floatperchapter}}{%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@listings}}{%
|
||||
\lstset{numberbychapter=true}}{\relax}% numberbychapter works in listings>=1.4
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@listings}}{%
|
||||
\lstset{numberbychapter=false}}{\relax}%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{remreset}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}%
|
||||
{\relax}{%
|
||||
\@removefromreset{table}{chapter} % requires remreset package
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thetable}{\arabic{table}}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}%
|
||||
{\relax}{%
|
||||
\@removefromreset{figure}{chapter} % requires remreset package
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thefigure}{\arabic{figure}}%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@nochapters}}%
|
||||
{\relax}{%
|
||||
\@removefromreset{equation}{chapter} % requires remreset package
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\theequation}{\arabic{equation}}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
% Backward-compatibility
|
||||
% ********************************************************************
|
||||
\let\myChapter\chapter
|
||||
\let\myPart\part
|
||||
\let\graffito\marginpar
|
340
docs/COPYING
Normal file
340
docs/COPYING
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
|
|||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
BIN
docs/ClassicThesis.pdf
Normal file
BIN
docs/ClassicThesis.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
194
docs/LISTOFFILES
Normal file
194
docs/LISTOFFILES
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
|
|||
LIST OF FILES FOR ClassicThesis.tex
|
||||
|
||||
*File List*
|
||||
silence.sty 2012/07/02 v1.5b Selective filtering of warnings and error mess
|
||||
ages
|
||||
scrreprt.cls 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script document class (report)
|
||||
scrkbase.sty 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package (KOMA-Script-dependent bas
|
||||
ics and keyval usage)
|
||||
scrbase.sty 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package (KOMA-Script-independent b
|
||||
asics and keyval usage)
|
||||
keyval.sty 2014/10/28 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC)
|
||||
scrlfile.sty 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package (loading files)
|
||||
tocbasic.sty 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package (handling toc-files)
|
||||
scrsize11pt.clo 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script font size class option (11pt)
|
||||
typearea.sty 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package (type area)
|
||||
classicthesis-config.tex
|
||||
inputenc.sty 2015/03/17 v1.2c Input encoding file
|
||||
utf8.def 2017/01/28 v1.1t UTF-8 support for inputenc
|
||||
t1enc.dfu 2017/01/28 v1.1t UTF-8 support for inputenc
|
||||
ot1enc.dfu 2017/01/28 v1.1t UTF-8 support for inputenc
|
||||
omsenc.dfu 2017/01/28 v1.1t UTF-8 support for inputenc
|
||||
babel.sty 2017/10/04 3.14 The Babel package
|
||||
bblopts.cfg 2005/09/08 v0.1 add Arabic and Farsi to "declared" options of b
|
||||
abel
|
||||
ngerman.ldf 2016/11/02 v2.9 German support for babel (new orthography)
|
||||
american.ldf 2017/06/06 v3.3r English support from the babel system
|
||||
csquotes.sty 2017/03/11 v5.2b context-sensitive quotations (JAW)
|
||||
etoolbox.sty 2017/01/02 v2.4 e-TeX tools for LaTeX (JAW)
|
||||
csquotes.def 2017/03/11 v5.2b csquotes generic definitions (JAW)
|
||||
csquotes.cfg
|
||||
biblatex.sty 2016/12/05 v3.7 programmable bibliographies (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
pdftexcmds.sty 2017/03/19 v0.25 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)
|
||||
infwarerr.sty 2016/05/16 v1.4 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO)
|
||||
ifluatex.sty 2016/05/16 v1.4 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)
|
||||
ltxcmds.sty 2016/05/16 v1.23 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)
|
||||
ifpdf.sty 2017/03/15 v3.2 Provides the ifpdf switch
|
||||
kvoptions.sty 2016/05/16 v3.12 Key value format for package options (HO)
|
||||
kvsetkeys.sty 2016/05/16 v1.17 Key value parser (HO)
|
||||
etexcmds.sty 2016/05/16 v1.6 Avoid name clashes with e-TeX commands (HO)
|
||||
logreq.sty 2010/08/04 v1.0 xml request logger
|
||||
logreq.def 2010/08/04 v1.0 logreq spec v1.0
|
||||
ifthen.sty 2014/09/29 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)
|
||||
url.sty 2013/09/16 ver 3.4 Verb mode for urls, etc.
|
||||
xstring.sty 2013/10/13 v1.7c String manipulations (C Tellechea)
|
||||
blx-dm.def
|
||||
numeric-comp.dbx
|
||||
biblatex-dm.cfg
|
||||
blx-compat.def 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex compatibility (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
blx-bibtex.def 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex compatibility (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
biblatex.def 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex compatibility (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
blx-natbib.def 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex compatibility (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
standard.bbx 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex bibliography style (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
numeric.bbx 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex bibliography style (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
numeric-comp.bbx 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex bibliography style (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
numeric-comp.cbx 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex citation style (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
biblatex.cfg
|
||||
amsmath.sty 2017/09/02 v2.17a AMS math features
|
||||
amstext.sty 2000/06/29 v2.01 AMS text
|
||||
amsgen.sty 1999/11/30 v2.0 generic functions
|
||||
amsbsy.sty 1999/11/29 v1.2d Bold Symbols
|
||||
amsopn.sty 2016/03/08 v2.02 operator names
|
||||
fontenc.sty
|
||||
t1enc.def 2017/04/05 v2.0i Standard LaTeX file
|
||||
textcomp.sty 2017/04/05 v2.0i Standard LaTeX package
|
||||
ts1enc.def 2001/06/05 v3.0e (jk/car/fm) Standard LaTeX file
|
||||
ts1enc.dfu 2017/01/28 v1.1t UTF-8 support for inputenc
|
||||
scrhack.sty 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package
|
||||
xpatch.sty 2012/10/02 v0.3 Extending etoolbox patching commands
|
||||
expl3.sty 2017/09/18 L3 programming layer (loader)
|
||||
expl3-code.tex 2017/09/18 L3 programming layer
|
||||
l3pdfmode.def 2017/03/18 v L3 Experimental driver: PDF mode
|
||||
xparse.sty 2017/09/18 L3 Experimental document command parser
|
||||
xspace.sty 2014/10/28 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH)
|
||||
mparhack.sty 2005/04/17 v1.4 (T. Sgouros and S. Ulrich)
|
||||
acronym.sty 2015/03/21 v1.41 Support for acronyms (Tobias Oetiker)
|
||||
suffix.sty 2006/07/15 1.5a Variant command support
|
||||
relsize.sty 2003/07/04 ver 3.1
|
||||
tabularx.sty 2016/02/03 v2.11 `tabularx' package (DPC)
|
||||
array.sty 2016/10/06 v2.4d Tabular extension package (FMi)
|
||||
caption.sty 2016/02/21 v3.3-144 Customizing captions (AR)
|
||||
caption3.sty 2016/05/22 v1.7-166 caption3 kernel (AR)
|
||||
subfig.sty 2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package
|
||||
listings.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 (Carsten Heinz)
|
||||
lstmisc.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 (Carsten Heinz)
|
||||
listings.cfg 2015/06/04 1.6 listings configuration
|
||||
listings.hak 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package (hacking package listings)
|
||||
|
||||
lstlang1.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
lstlang2.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
lstlang3.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
lstlang1.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
lstlang2.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
lstlang3.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
lstlang1.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
lstlang2.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
lstlang3.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
lstmisc.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 (Carsten Heinz)
|
||||
hyperref.sty 2017/03/14 v6.85a Hypertext links for LaTeX
|
||||
hobsub-hyperref.sty 2016/05/16 v1.14 Bundle oberdiek, subset hyperref (HO)
|
||||
hobsub-generic.sty 2016/05/16 v1.14 Bundle oberdiek, subset generic (HO)
|
||||
hobsub.sty 2016/05/16 v1.14 Construct package bundles (HO)
|
||||
ifvtex.sty 2016/05/16 v1.6 Detect VTeX and its facilities (HO)
|
||||
intcalc.sty 2016/05/16 v1.2 Expandable calculations with integers (HO)
|
||||
kvdefinekeys.sty 2016/05/16 v1.4 Define keys (HO)
|
||||
pdfescape.sty 2016/05/16 v1.14 Implements pdfTeX's escape features (HO)
|
||||
bigintcalc.sty 2016/05/16 v1.4 Expandable calculations on big integers (HO)
|
||||
bitset.sty 2016/05/16 v1.2 Handle bit-vector datatype (HO)
|
||||
uniquecounter.sty 2016/05/16 v1.3 Provide unlimited unique counter (HO)
|
||||
letltxmacro.sty 2016/05/16 v1.5 Let assignment for LaTeX macros (HO)
|
||||
hopatch.sty 2016/05/16 v1.3 Wrapper for package hooks (HO)
|
||||
xcolor-patch.sty 2016/05/16 xcolor patch
|
||||
atveryend.sty 2016/05/16 v1.9 Hooks at the very end of document (HO)
|
||||
atbegshi.sty 2016/06/09 v1.18 At begin shipout hook (HO)
|
||||
refcount.sty 2016/05/16 v3.5 Data extraction from label references (HO)
|
||||
hycolor.sty 2016/05/16 v1.8 Color options for hyperref/bookmark (HO)
|
||||
ifxetex.sty 2010/09/12 v0.6 Provides ifxetex conditional
|
||||
auxhook.sty 2016/05/16 v1.4 Hooks for auxiliary files (HO)
|
||||
pd1enc.def 2017/03/14 v6.85a Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)
|
||||
hyperref.cfg 2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive
|
||||
hpdftex.def 2017/03/14 v6.85a Hyperref driver for pdfTeX
|
||||
rerunfilecheck.sty 2016/05/16 v1.8 Rerun checks for auxiliary files (HO)
|
||||
graphicx.sty 2017/06/01 v1.1a Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
|
||||
graphics.sty 2017/06/25 v1.2c Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
|
||||
trig.sty 2016/01/03 v1.10 sin cos tan (DPC)
|
||||
graphics.cfg 2016/06/04 v1.11 sample graphics configuration
|
||||
pdftex.def 2017/06/24 v1.0g Graphics/color driver for pdftex
|
||||
classicthesis.sty 2017/10/13 v4.4 Typographic style for a classic-looking th
|
||||
esis
|
||||
latexrelease.sty 2016/12/29 v1.0h LaTeX release emulation and tests
|
||||
xcolor.sty 2016/05/11 v2.12 LaTeX color extensions (UK)
|
||||
color.cfg 2016/01/02 v1.6 sample color configuration
|
||||
dvipsnam.def 2016/06/17 v3.0m Driver-dependent file (DPC,SPQR)
|
||||
mathpazo.sty 2005/04/12 PSNFSS-v9.2a Palatino w/ Pazo Math (D.Puga, WaS)
|
||||
beramono.sty 2004/01/31 (WaS)
|
||||
ueur.fd 2013/01/14 v3.01 Euler Roman
|
||||
microtype.sty 2017/07/07 v2.7 Micro-typographical refinements (RS)
|
||||
microtype-pdftex.def 2017/07/07 v2.7 Definitions specific to pdftex (RS)
|
||||
microtype.cfg 2017/07/07 v2.7 microtype main configuration file (RS)
|
||||
booktabs.sty 2005/04/14 v1.61803 publication quality tables
|
||||
textcase.sty 2004/10/07 v0.07 Text only upper/lower case changing (DPC)
|
||||
scrlayer-scrpage.sty 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package (end user interfac
|
||||
e for scrlayer)
|
||||
scrlayer.sty 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package (defining layers and page
|
||||
styles)
|
||||
titlesec.sty 2016/03/21 v2.10.2 Sectioning titles
|
||||
tocloft.sty 2017/08/31 v2.3i parameterised ToC, etc., typesetting
|
||||
scrtime.sty 2017/09/07 v3.24 KOMA-Script package (time of LaTeX run)
|
||||
prelim2e.sty 2009/05/29 v1.3 prelim2e Package (MS)
|
||||
everyshi.sty 2001/05/15 v3.00 EveryShipout Package (MS)
|
||||
english.lbx 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex localization (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
american.lbx 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex localization (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
german.lbx 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex localization (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
ngerman.lbx 2016/12/05 v3.7 biblatex localization (PK/JW/AB)
|
||||
ts1cmr.fd 2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions
|
||||
t1pplj.fd 2004/09/06 font definitions for T1/pplj.
|
||||
ClassicThesis.bbl
|
||||
ClassicThesis1-blx.bbl
|
||||
nameref.sty 2016/05/21 v2.44 Cross-referencing by name of section
|
||||
gettitlestring.sty 2016/05/16 v1.5 Cleanup title references (HO)
|
||||
ClassicThesis.out
|
||||
ClassicThesis.out
|
||||
supp-pdf.mkii
|
||||
epstopdf-base.sty 2016/05/15 v2.6 Base part for package epstopdf
|
||||
grfext.sty 2016/05/16 v1.2 Manage graphics extensions (HO)
|
||||
mt-ppl.cfg 2005/11/16 v1.6 microtype config. file: Palatino (RS)
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/DirtyTitlepage.tex
|
||||
ot1pplx.fd 2004/09/06 font definitions for OT1/pplx.
|
||||
omlzplm.fd 2002/09/08 Fontinst v1.914 font definitions for OML/zplm.
|
||||
omszplm.fd 2002/09/08 Fontinst v1.914 font definitions for OMS/zplm.
|
||||
omxzplm.fd 2002/09/08 Fontinst v1.914 font definitions for OMX/zplm.
|
||||
ot1zplm.fd 2002/09/08 Fontinst v1.914 font definitions for OT1/zplm.
|
||||
t1fvm.fd 2004/09/07 scalable font definitions for T1/fvm.
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Titlepage.tex
|
||||
gfx/TFZsuperellipse_bw.pdf
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Titleback.tex
|
||||
ts1pplj.fd 2004/09/06 font definitions for TS1/pplj.
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Dedication.tex
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Abstract.tex
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Publications.tex
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Acknowledgments.tex
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Contents.tex
|
||||
Chapters/Chapter01.tex
|
||||
Chapters/Chapter02.tex
|
||||
gfx/example_1.jpg
|
||||
gfx/example_2.jpg
|
||||
gfx/example_3.jpg
|
||||
gfx/example_4.jpg
|
||||
Chapters/Chapter03.tex
|
||||
Chapters/Chapter0A.tex
|
||||
lstlang1.sty 2015/06/04 1.6 listings language file
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Bibliography.tex
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Declaration.tex
|
||||
FrontBackmatter/Colophon.tex
|
||||
***********
|
30
docs/README
Normal file
30
docs/README
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
|||
A Classic Thesis Style v4.4
|
||||
An Homage to The Elements of Typographic Style
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2017 André Miede http://www.miede.de
|
||||
|
||||
Please see the file ClassicThesis.pdf for more information.
|
||||
Your comments are highly appreciated.
|
||||
|
||||
If you like the style then I would appreciate a postcard. My address
|
||||
can be found in the file ClassicThesis.pdf. A collection of the
|
||||
postcards I received so far is available online at
|
||||
http://postcards.miede.de
|
||||
|
||||
License:
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PLEASE SEE ALSO THE AUTHORS' NOTE REGARDING THIS LICENSE
|
||||
IN THE DOCUMENTATION (ClassicThesis.pdf --> Chapter 1 / Chapter01.tex)
|
26
expose-ref.bib
Normal file
26
expose-ref.bib
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
|||
@inproceedings{10.1145/3035918.3064053,
|
||||
author = {Walenz, Brett and Roy, Sudeepa and Yang, Jun},
|
||||
title = {Optimizing Iceberg Queries with Complex Joins},
|
||||
year = {2017},
|
||||
isbn = {9781450341974},
|
||||
publisher = {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
||||
address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
||||
url = {https://doi.org/10.1145/3035918.3064053},
|
||||
doi = {10.1145/3035918.3064053},
|
||||
abstract = {Iceberg queries, commonly used for decision support, find groups whose aggregate values are above or below a threshold. In practice, iceberg queries are often posed over complex joins that are expensive to evaluate. This paper proposes a framework for combining a number of techniques---a-priori, memoization, and pruning---to optimize iceberg queries with complex joins. A-priori pushes partial GROUP BY and HAVING condition before a join to reduce its input size. Memoization caches and reuses join computation results. Pruning uses cached results to infer that certain tuples cannot contribute to the final query result, and short-circuits join computation. We formally derive conditions for correctly applying these techniques. Our practical rewrite algorithm produces highly efficient SQL that can exploit combinations of optimization opportunities in ways previously not possible. We evaluate our PostgreSQL-based implementation experimentally and show that it outperforms both baseline PostgreSQL and a commercial database system.},
|
||||
booktitle = {Proceedings of the 2017 ACM International Conference on Management of Data},
|
||||
pages = {1243–1258},
|
||||
numpages = {16},
|
||||
keywords = {postgresql, iceberg, query optimization, databases, iceberg queries},
|
||||
location = {Chicago, Illinois, USA},
|
||||
series = {SIGMOD '17}
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
@online{EffwFrankWedekind,
|
||||
author = {AK Prof. Dr. Ariane Martin},
|
||||
title = {Frank Wedekind | FB 05 - AK Prof. Dr. Ariane Martin},
|
||||
year = 2023,
|
||||
comment = {http://web.archive.org/web/20230405061538/https://www.martin.germanistik.uni-mainz.de/forschung/frank-wedekind/},
|
||||
url = {https://www.martin.germanistik.uni-mainz.de/forschung/frank-wedekind/},
|
||||
urldate = {2023-09-24}
|
||||
}
|
BIN
expose.pdf
Normal file
BIN
expose.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
91
expose.tex
Normal file
91
expose.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
|||
\RequirePackage{silence} % :-\
|
||||
\WarningFilter{scrreprt}{Usage of package `titlesec'}
|
||||
%\WarningFilter{scrreprt}{Activating an ugly workaround}
|
||||
\WarningFilter{titlesec}{Non standard sectioning command detected}
|
||||
\documentclass[ openright,titlepage,numbers=noenddot,headinclude,%twoside, %1headlines,% letterpaper a4paper
|
||||
footinclude=true,cleardoublepage=empty,abstractoff, % <--- obsolete, remove (todo)
|
||||
BCOR=5mm,paper=a4,fontsize=11pt,%11pt,a4paper,%
|
||||
ngerman,american,%lockflag%
|
||||
]{scrreprt}
|
||||
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Note: Make all your adjustments in here
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\input{marco-galster-config}
|
||||
\input{classicthesis-config}
|
||||
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Bibliographies
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\addbibresource{Expose-ref.bib}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% GO!GO!GO! MOVE IT!
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
\frenchspacing
|
||||
\raggedbottom
|
||||
\selectlanguage{ngerman} % ngerman, american
|
||||
%\renewcommand*{\bibname}{new name}
|
||||
%\setbibpreamble{}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{roman}
|
||||
\pagestyle{plain}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Frontmatter
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\include{frontbackmatter/Titlepage}
|
||||
\include{frontbackmatter/Titleback}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Dedication}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Foreword}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Declaration}
|
||||
\condLOCK{\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/BlockingNotice}}
|
||||
%%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/AbstractEN}
|
||||
%%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/AbstractDE}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Publications}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Acknowledgments}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Contents}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Figures}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Tables}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Listings}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Acronyms}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Mainmatter
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
||||
\pagestyle{scrheadings}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{arabic}
|
||||
% Alwas use \cleardoublepage before \part{...}.
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
||||
%\part{Thesis}\label{pt:thesis}
|
||||
\include{chapters/expose/chapter01}
|
||||
\include{chapters/expose/chapter02}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Backmatter
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\thechapter}{\alph{chapter}}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
||||
%\part{Appendix}
|
||||
%\include{chapters/examples/appendix01}
|
||||
%\include{chapters/examples/appendix02}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Other Stuff in the Back
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Bibliography}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Game Over: Restore, Restart, or Quit?
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
% Performance-Analysen Postgresql:
|
||||
% https://stackoverflow.com/questions/2430380/is-there-a-postgresql-equivalent-of-sql-server-profiler
|
||||
% https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/runtime-config-logging.html#guc-log-statement
|
||||
|
||||
% Allgemeine Webseite:
|
||||
% https://www.overleaf.com/learn/latex/Bibliography_management_with_natbib
|
||||
|
||||
% Frank Wedekind:
|
||||
% https://books.google.de/books?hl=de&lr=&id=3qO8DQAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PA1&dq=frank+wedekind&ots=S4LHWQ0h2e&sig=Mz8PEGF-md4n3AwH9cgXq-5vUac#v=onepage&q=frank%20wedekind&f=false
|
||||
% https://www.martin.germanistik.uni-mainz.de/forschung/frank-wedekind/
|
52
fernuni-hagen-thesis-config.tex
Normal file
52
fernuni-hagen-thesis-config.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
|||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% ferniunithesis-config.tex
|
||||
% Use it at the beginning of your thesis.tex, or as a LaTeX Preamble
|
||||
% in your thesis.{tex,lyx} with \input{fernunithesis-config}
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 1. Personal data and user ad-hoc commands
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
\newcommand{\myTitle}{Mein Titel\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\mySubtitle}{An Homage to The Elements of Typographic Style\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myDegree}{Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.)\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myDegree}{Bachelor of Arts (B.A.)\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myDegree}{Master of Science (M.Sc.)\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myDegree}{Master of Arts (M.A.)\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myThesisType}{Bachelorarbeit\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myThesisType}{Masterarbeit\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myName}{Max Mustermann\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myId}{123456\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myProf}{Prof. Dr. Uta St\"orl\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\referent}{Referentin\xspace}% Referentin/Referent, depending on the gender of your prof
|
||||
\newcommand{\mySupervisor}{Erika Mustermann\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\supervisor}{Betreuerin\xspace}% Betreuerin/Betreuer, depending on the gender of your supervisor
|
||||
\newcommand{\myFaculty}{Fakult\"at f\"ur Mathematik und Informatik\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myUni}{FernUniversit\"at in Hagen\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\mySubjectArea}{Lehrgebiet Datenbanken und Informationssysteme\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myLocation}{Hagen\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myTime}{01. Oktober 2021\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myVersion}{version 4.4\xspace}
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 2. Is it a master thesis?
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{master}{fernunihesis} % uncomment if this is a master thesis
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 3. Does the thesis have a lock flag?
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{lockflag}{fernunithesis} % uncomment if this thesis has a lock flag
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 4. Loading some handy packages
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% Packages with options that might require adjustments
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{ngerman,american}{babel} % change this to your language(s)
|
||||
% Spanish languages need extra options in order to work with this template
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{spanish,es-lcroman}{babel}
|
||||
\usepackage{babel}
|
||||
|
141
fernuni-hagen-thesis.sty
Normal file
141
fernuni-hagen-thesis.sty
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
|
|||
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
|
||||
\ProvidesPackage{fernunithesis}[2015/01/22 v0.2 Typographic Style for an h_da thesis]
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
|
||||
\newboolean{@exam} % exam-version includes exam-questions - default is "false"
|
||||
\newboolean{@big} % short version does not include paper-appendix - default ist "true"
|
||||
\newboolean{@abbrev} % automaticaly generate acronyms
|
||||
\newboolean{@index} % automaticaly generate index
|
||||
%\newboolean{@english} % use englich version
|
||||
\newboolean{@wiwi} % use special version for Wirtschaftsingenieure
|
||||
\newboolean{@doublespacing} % use 1.5 times line spacing
|
||||
\newboolean{@lockflag} % thesis has a lock flag
|
||||
\newboolean{@master} % a master thesis
|
||||
\newboolean{@bacholor} % a bachelor thesis - not used!
|
||||
\RequirePackage{iflang}
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
% Options
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
\DeclareOption{exam}{\setboolean{@exam}{true}}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{big}{\setboolean{@big}{true}}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{abbrev}{\setboolean{@abbrev}{true}}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{index}{\setboolean{@index}{true}}
|
||||
%\DeclareOption{english}{\setboolean{@english}{true}}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{wiwi}{\setboolean{@wiwi}{true}}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{doublespacing}{\setboolean{@doublespacing}{true}}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{lockflag}{\setboolean{@lockflag}{true}}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{master}{\setboolean{@master}{true}}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{bachelor}{\setboolean{@bachelor}{false}}
|
||||
\ProcessOptions\relax
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
% Commands for EXAM, BIG, ABREV, INDEX, ENGLISH, WIWI and DOUBLESPACING options
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
\newcommand{\condBIG}[1]{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@big}}{#1}{}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\condEXAM}[1]{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@exam}}{#1}{}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\condWIWI}[2]{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@wiwi}}{#1}{#2}}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\condENGLISH}[1]{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@english}}{#1}{}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\condDOUBLESPACING}[1]{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@doublespacing}}{#1}{}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\condTWOSIDE}[1]{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@twoside}}{#1}{}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\condLOCK}[1]{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@lockflag}}{#1}{}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\condMASTER}[1]{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@master}}{#1}{}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\condBACHELOR}[1]{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@bachelor}}{#1}{}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\condENGLISH}[2]{\IfLanguageName{ngerman}{#2}{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
% Theorems, Lemmas, Corollaries, and Proofs
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{amsmath}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{amssymb}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{theorem}
|
||||
\theoremstyle{plain} {
|
||||
\newtheorem{Theorem}{Theorem}
|
||||
\newtheorem{Proposition}{Proposition}
|
||||
\newtheorem{Lemma}{Lemma}
|
||||
\newtheorem{Corollary}{Corollary}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\theoremstyle{plain} {{\theorembodyfont{\normalfont}
|
||||
\newtheorem{Definition}{Definition}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\qed}{\hfill \mbox{\raggedright \rule{.07in}{.1in}}}
|
||||
\newenvironment{proof}{\vspace{1ex}\noindent{\textbf Proof}\hspace{0.5em}}
|
||||
{\hfill\qed\vspace{2ex}}
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
% Double spacing between lines
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{@doublespacing}}{%
|
||||
\RequirePackage[]{setspace}
|
||||
}
|
||||
{\relax}
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
% Acronyms - TODO: english version
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{@abbrev}}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\RequirePackage[intoc]{nomencl}
|
||||
\let\abbrev\nomenclature
|
||||
\renewcommand{\nomname}{Abkürzungsverzeichnis}
|
||||
\setlength{\nomlabelwidth}{.25\hsize}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\nomlabel}[1]{#1 \dotfill}
|
||||
\setlength{\nomitemsep}{-\parsep}
|
||||
}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\relax
|
||||
}%
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
% Tabularx - Spalten
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tabularx}
|
||||
\newcolumntype{Y}{>{\centering\arraybackslash}X} % zentrierte Spalten mit optimaler Breite
|
||||
\newcolumntype{C}[1]{>{\centering\arraybackslash}p{#1}} % zentrierte Spalten mit Breitenangabe
|
||||
\newcolumntype{R}[1]{>{\raggedleft\arraybackslash}p{#1}} % rechtsbündig mit Breitenangabe
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
% Indices
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{@index}}{%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{makeidx}%
|
||||
\newcommand{\Index}[1]{#1\index{#1}}}
|
||||
{\relax}
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
% Colors
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{color}
|
||||
\definecolor{shadecolor}{rgb}{1,1,.8}
|
||||
\definecolor{framecolor}{rgb}{.1,.1,.1}
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
% Fancy, colored frames
|
||||
%*******************************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{color}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{framed}
|
||||
|
||||
% general colored frame environment
|
||||
\newenvironment{fshaded}{%
|
||||
\def\FrameCommand{\fcolorbox{framecolor}{shadecolor}}%
|
||||
\MakeFramed {\advance\hsize-\width \FrameRestore}}%
|
||||
{\endMakeFramed}
|
||||
|
||||
% new colored itemize environment
|
||||
\newenvironment{fitemize}{%
|
||||
\definecolor{shadecolor}{rgb}{1,1,.8}%
|
||||
\definecolor{framecolor}{rgb}{.1,.1,.1}%
|
||||
\begin{fshaded}\vspace{2mm}\begin{minipage}{0.9\textwidth}\begin{itemize}}%
|
||||
{\end{itemize}\end{minipage}\vspace{2mm}\end{fshaded}}
|
||||
|
||||
% new colored assignment environment
|
||||
\newenvironment{fassignment}{%
|
||||
\definecolor{shadecolor}{rgb}{1,1,.8}%
|
||||
\definecolor{framecolor}{rgb}{.1,.1,.1}%
|
||||
\graffito{\vspace{4.0mm}\newline\includegraphics[width=15mm]{gfx/baustelle}}%
|
||||
\begin{fshaded}\vspace{2mm}\begin{minipage}{0.9\textwidth}}%
|
||||
{\end{minipage}\vspace{2mm}\end{fshaded}}
|
||||
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Add additional packages
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{pdfpages}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{chngpage}
|
31
frontbackmatter/Abstract.tex
Normal file
31
frontbackmatter/Abstract.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Abstract
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\abstractname}{Abstract}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[1]{Abstract}{Abstract}
|
||||
\begingroup
|
||||
\let\clearpage\relax
|
||||
\let\cleardoublepage\relax
|
||||
\let\cleardoublepage\relax
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{otherlanguage}{american}
|
||||
\chapter*{Abstract}
|
||||
Short summary of the contents in English\dots a great guide by
|
||||
Kent Beck how to write good abstracts can be found here:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{https://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~migod/research/beckOOPSLA.html}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\end{otherlanguage}
|
||||
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{otherlanguage}{ngerman}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[1]{Zusammenfassung}{Zusammenfassung}
|
||||
\chapter*{Zusammenfassung}
|
||||
Kurze Zusammenfassung des Inhaltes in deutscher Sprache\dots
|
||||
\end{otherlanguage}
|
||||
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
|
||||
\vfill
|
22
frontbackmatter/AbstractDE.tex
Normal file
22
frontbackmatter/AbstractDE.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Abstract in German
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\begin{otherlanguage}{ngerman}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{Zusammenfassung}{Zusammenfassung}
|
||||
\chapter*{Zusammenfassung}
|
||||
Kurze Zusammenfassung des Inhaltes in deutscher Sprache von ca. einer Seite länge. Dabei sollte vor allem auf die folgenden Punkte eingegangen werden:
|
||||
%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Motivation: Wieso ist diese Arbeit entstanden? Warum ist das Thema der Arbeit (für die Allgemeinheit) interessant? Dabei sollte die Motivation von der konkreten Aufgabenstellung, z.B. durch eine Firma, weitestgehend abstrahiert werden.
|
||||
\item Inhalt: Was ist Inhalt der Arbeit? Was genau wird in der Arbeit behandelt? Hier sollte kurz auf Methodik und Arbeitsweise eingegangen werden.
|
||||
\item Ergebnisse: Was sind die Ergebnisse der Arbeit? Ein kurzer Überblick über die wichtigsten Ergebnisse als Teaser, um die Arbeit vollständig zu lesen.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
\medskip
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
Eine großartige Anleitung von Kent Beck, wie man gute Abstracts schreibt, finden Sie hier:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{https://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~migod/research/beckOOPSLA.html}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
|
||||
\end{otherlanguage}
|
22
frontbackmatter/AbstractEN.tex
Normal file
22
frontbackmatter/AbstractEN.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Abstract in English
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{Abstract}{Abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{otherlanguage}{american}
|
||||
\chapter*{Abstract}
|
||||
A short summary of the contents in English of about one page. The following points should be addressed in particular:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Motivation: Why did this work come about? Why is the topic of the work interesting (for the general public)? The motivation should be abstracted as far as possible from the specific tasks that may be given by a company.
|
||||
\item Content: What is the content of this thesis? What exactly is covered in the thesis? The methodology and working method should be briefly discussed here.
|
||||
\item Results: What are the results of this work? A brief overview of the most important results as a teaser to read the complete thesis.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
\medskip
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
BTW: A great guide by Kent Beck how to write good abstracts can be found here:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{https://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~migod/research/beckOOPSLA.html}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\end{otherlanguage}
|
50
frontbackmatter/Acknowledgments.tex
Normal file
50
frontbackmatter/Acknowledgments.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Acknowledgments
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{Acknowledgments}{acknowledgments}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{flushright}{\slshape
|
||||
We have seen that computer programming is an art, \\
|
||||
because it applies accumulated knowledge to the world, \\
|
||||
because it requires skill and ingenuity, and especially \\
|
||||
because it produces objects of beauty.} \\ \medskip
|
||||
--- \defcitealias{knuth:1974}{Donald E. Knuth}\citetalias{knuth:1974} \citep{knuth:1974}
|
||||
\end{flushright}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\bigskip
|
||||
|
||||
\begingroup
|
||||
\let\clearpage\relax
|
||||
\let\cleardoublepage\relax
|
||||
\let\cleardoublepage\relax
|
||||
\chapter*{Acknowledgments}
|
||||
Put your acknowledgments here.
|
||||
|
||||
Many thanks to everybody who already sent me a postcard!
|
||||
|
||||
Regarding the typography and other help, many thanks go to Marco
|
||||
Kuhlmann, Philipp Lehman, Lothar Schlesier, Jim Young, Lorenzo
|
||||
Pantieri and Enrico Gregorio\footnote{Members of GuIT (Gruppo
|
||||
Italiano Utilizzatori di \TeX\ e \LaTeX )}, J\"org Sommer,
|
||||
Joachim K\"ostler, Daniel Gottschlag, Denis Aydin, Paride
|
||||
Legovini, Steffen Prochnow, Nicolas Repp, Hinrich Harms,
|
||||
Roland Winkler, Jörg Weber, Henri Menke, Claus Lahiri,
|
||||
Clemens Niederberger, Stefano Bragaglia, Jörn Hees,
|
||||
Scott Lowe, Dave Howcroft,
|
||||
and the whole \LaTeX-community for support, ideas and
|
||||
some great software.
|
||||
|
||||
\bigskip
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent\emph{Regarding \mLyX}: The \mLyX\ port was intially done by
|
||||
\emph{Nicholas Mariette} in March 2009 and continued by
|
||||
\emph{Ivo Pletikosi\'c} in 2011. Thank you very much for your
|
||||
work and for the contributions to the original style.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
19
frontbackmatter/Acronyms.tex
Normal file
19
frontbackmatter/Acronyms.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Acronyms
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\automark[section]{chapter}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\enspace\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\refstepcounter{dummy}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{Abk\"{u}rzungsverzeichnis}{abkuerzungsverzeichnis}
|
||||
\markboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{Abk\"{u}rzungsverzeichnis}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{Abk\"{u}rzungsverzeichnis}}
|
||||
\chapter*{Abk\"{u}rzungsverzeichnis}
|
||||
|
||||
% Insert your acronyms here
|
||||
\begin{acronym}[UML]
|
||||
\acro{DRY}{Don't Repeat Yourself}
|
||||
\acro{API}{Application Programming Interface}
|
||||
\acro{UML}{Unified Modeling Language}
|
||||
\end{acronym}
|
||||
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
15
frontbackmatter/Bibliography.tex
Normal file
15
frontbackmatter/Bibliography.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
%********************************************************************
|
||||
% Bibliography
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% work-around to have small caps also here in the headline
|
||||
% https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/188126/wrong-header-in-bibliography-classicthesis
|
||||
% Thanks to Enrico Gregorio
|
||||
\defbibheading{bibintoc}[\bibname]{%
|
||||
\phantomsection
|
||||
\manualmark
|
||||
\markboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}%
|
||||
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace{\beforebibskip}}%
|
||||
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\tocEntry{#1}}%
|
||||
\chapter*{#1}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc]
|
10
frontbackmatter/BlockingNotice.tex
Normal file
10
frontbackmatter/BlockingNotice.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Declaration
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\refstepcounter{dummy}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{Blocking Notice}{blocking notice}
|
||||
\chapter*{\condENGLISH{Blocking notice}{Sperrvermerk}}
|
||||
\thispagestyle{empty}
|
||||
|
||||
Diese Abschlussarbeit darf nur von der Referentin/ dem Referenten, der Korreferentin / dem Korreferenten sowie den vom Prüfungsausschuss dazu beauftragten Hochschulangehörigen eingesehen werden. Sie darf ohne ausdrückliche Zustimmung des Autors
|
||||
weder vollständig noch auszugsweise vervielfältigt, veröffentlicht oder Dritten zugänglich gemacht werden. Die Durchführung des Kolloquiums bleibt von der Geheimhaltung unberührt. Die Geheimhaltungsverpflichtung erlischt fünf Jahre nach Einreichung automatisch.
|
55
frontbackmatter/Colophon.tex
Normal file
55
frontbackmatter/Colophon.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
|||
\pagestyle{empty}
|
||||
|
||||
\hfill
|
||||
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{Colophon}{colophon}
|
||||
\section*{Colophon}
|
||||
This document was typeset using the typographical look-and-feel \texttt{classicthesis} developed by Andr\'e Miede and Ivo Pletikosić.
|
||||
The style was inspired by Robert Bringhurst's seminal book on typography ``\emph{The Elements of Typographic Style}''.
|
||||
\texttt{classicthesis} is available for both \LaTeX\ and \mLyX:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{https://bitbucket.org/amiede/classicthesis/}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
Happy users of \texttt{classicthesis} usually send a real postcard to the author, a collection of postcards received so far is featured here:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{http://postcards.miede.de/}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
Thank you very much for your feedback and contribution.
|
||||
|
||||
\bigskip
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent\finalVersionString
|
||||
|
||||
%Hermann Zapf's \emph{Palatino} and \emph{Euler} type faces (Type~1 PostScript fonts \emph{URW
|
||||
%Palladio L} and \emph{FPL}) are used. The ``typewriter'' text is typeset in \emph{Bera Mono},
|
||||
%originally developed by Bitstream, Inc. as ``Bitstream Vera''. (Type~1 PostScript fonts were made
|
||||
%available by Malte Rosenau and
|
||||
%Ulrich Dirr.)
|
||||
|
||||
%\paragraph{note:} The custom size of the textblock was calculated
|
||||
%using the directions given by Mr. Bringhurst (pages 26--29 and
|
||||
%175/176). 10~pt Palatino needs 133.21~pt for the string
|
||||
%``abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz''. This yields a good line length between
|
||||
%24--26~pc (288--312~pt). Using a ``\emph{double square textblock}''
|
||||
%with a 1:2 ratio this results in a textblock of 312:624~pt (which
|
||||
%includes the headline in this design). A good alternative would be the
|
||||
%``\emph{golden section textblock}'' with a ratio of 1:1.62, here
|
||||
%312:505.44~pt. For comparison, \texttt{DIV9} of the \texttt{typearea}
|
||||
%package results in a line length of 389~pt (32.4~pc), which is by far
|
||||
%too long. However, this information will only be of interest for
|
||||
%hardcore pseudo-typographers like me.%
|
||||
%
|
||||
%To make your own calculations, use the following commands and look up
|
||||
%the corresponding lengths in the book:
|
||||
%\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
% \settowidth{\abcd}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
|
||||
% \the\abcd\ % prints the value of the length
|
||||
%\end{verbatim}
|
||||
%Please see the file \texttt{classicthesis.sty} for some precalculated
|
||||
%values for Palatino and Minion.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \settowidth{\abcd}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
|
||||
% \the\abcd\ % prints the value of the length
|
13
frontbackmatter/Contents.tex
Normal file
13
frontbackmatter/Contents.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Table of Contents
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\pagestyle{scrheadings}
|
||||
\refstepcounter{dummy}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{\contentsname}{tableofcontents}
|
||||
\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} % <-- 2 includes up to subsections in the ToC
|
||||
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3} % <-- 3 numbers up to subsubsections
|
||||
\manualmark
|
||||
\markboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{\contentsname}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{\contentsname}}
|
||||
\tableofcontents
|
||||
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
36
frontbackmatter/Declaration.tex
Normal file
36
frontbackmatter/Declaration.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Declaration
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\refstepcounter{dummy}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{Declaration}{declaration}
|
||||
\chapter*{\condENGLISH{Declaration}{Erklärung}}
|
||||
\thispagestyle{empty}
|
||||
Ich erkläre, dass ich die \myThesisType selbstständig und ohne unzulässige Inanspruchnahme Dritter verfasst habe.
|
||||
\medskip
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
Ich habe dabei nur die angegebenen Quellen und Hilfsmittel verwendet und die aus diesen wörtlich oder sinngemäß entnommenen Stellen als solche kenntlich gemacht.
|
||||
\medskip
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
Die Versicherung selbstständiger Arbeit gilt auch für enthaltene Zeichnungen, Skizzen oder graphische Darstellungen.
|
||||
\medskip
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
Die Arbeit wurde bisher in gleicher oder ähnlicher Form weder derselben noch einer anderen Prüfungsbehörde vorgelegt und auch nicht veröffentlicht.
|
||||
\medskip
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
Mit der Abgabe der elektronischen Fassung der endgültigen Version der Arbeit nehme ich zur Kenntnis, dass diese mit Hilfe eines Plagiatserkennungsdienstes auf enthaltene Plagiate geprüft werden kann und ausschließlich für Prüfungszwecke gespeichert wird.
|
||||
\bigskip
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent\textit{\myLocation, \myTime}
|
||||
|
||||
\smallskip
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{flushright}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{m{5cm}}
|
||||
\\ \hline
|
||||
\centering\myName \\
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{flushright}
|
11
frontbackmatter/Figures.tex
Normal file
11
frontbackmatter/Figures.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% List of Figures
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\automark[section]{chapter}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\enspace\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\refstepcounter{dummy}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{\listfigurename}{lof}
|
||||
\listoffigures
|
||||
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
11
frontbackmatter/Listings.tex
Normal file
11
frontbackmatter/Listings.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% List of Listings
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\automark[section]{chapter}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\enspace\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\refstepcounter{dummy}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{\lstlistlistingname}{lol}
|
||||
\lstlistoflistings
|
||||
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
16
frontbackmatter/Publications.tex
Normal file
16
frontbackmatter/Publications.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Publications
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{Publications}{publications}
|
||||
\chapter*{Publications}\graffito{This is just an early --~and currently ugly~-- test!}
|
||||
This might come in handy for PhD theses: some ideas and figures have appeared previously in the following publications:
|
||||
|
||||
%\noindent Put your publications from the thesis here. The packages \texttt{multibib} or \texttt{bibtopic} etc. can be used to handle multiple different bibliographies in your document.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{refsection}[ownpubs]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\nocite{*} % is local to to the enclosing refsection
|
||||
\printbibliography[heading=none]
|
||||
\end{refsection}
|
||||
|
||||
\emph{Attention}: This requires a separate run of \texttt{bibtex} for your \texttt{refsection}, \eg, \texttt{ClassicThesis1-blx} for this file. You might also use \texttt{biber} as the backend for \texttt{biblatex}. See also \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/128196/problem-with-refsection}.
|
11
frontbackmatter/Tables.tex
Normal file
11
frontbackmatter/Tables.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% List of Tables
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
\automark[section]{chapter}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}{\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\enspace\spacedlowsmallcaps{#1}}}
|
||||
\refstepcounter{dummy}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{\listtablename}{lot}
|
||||
\listoftables
|
||||
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
25
frontbackmatter/Titleback.tex
Normal file
25
frontbackmatter/Titleback.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
|||
\thispagestyle{empty}
|
||||
|
||||
\hfill
|
||||
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent\myName: \textit{\myTitle}, \ifdef{\mySubtitle}{\mySubtitle,}{} %\myDegree,
|
||||
\textcopyright\ \myTime
|
||||
|
||||
%\bigskip
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\noindent\spacedlowsmallcaps{Supervisors}: \\
|
||||
%\myProf \\
|
||||
%\myOtherProf \\
|
||||
%\mySupervisor
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\medskip
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\noindent\spacedlowsmallcaps{Location}: \\
|
||||
%\myLocation
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\medskip
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\noindent\spacedlowsmallcaps{Time Frame}: \\
|
||||
%\myTime
|
68
frontbackmatter/Titlepage.tex
Normal file
68
frontbackmatter/Titlepage.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
|||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
% Titlepage
|
||||
%*******************************************************
|
||||
%%%
|
||||
%%% title page (german)
|
||||
%%%
|
||||
\thispagestyle{empty}
|
||||
\pdfbookmark[0]{Titelblatt}{title}
|
||||
\begin{titlepage}
|
||||
|
||||
% If printed on two sides, center the title page
|
||||
\condTWOSIDE{\changetext{}{19mm}{}{19mm}{}}
|
||||
|
||||
\vspace{1cm}
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
%\includegraphics[width=7.7cm]{gfx/fernuni_hagen_logo.png} \\
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=2.7cm]{gfx/fernuni_hagen_logo.pdf} \\
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\vspace{0.1cm}
|
||||
\huge \textbf{\myUni}\\
|
||||
\vspace{0.4cm}
|
||||
\LARGE --~\myFaculty~--\\
|
||||
\vspace{0.2cm}
|
||||
\large~\mySubjectArea~
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\LARGE \textbf{\myTitle}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\Large Abschlussarbeit zur Erlangung des akademischen Grades\\
|
||||
\vspace{0.3cm}
|
||||
\Large \myDegree
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\Large vorgelegt von\\
|
||||
\vspace{0.3cm}
|
||||
\Large \textbf{\myName}\\
|
||||
\vspace{0.3cm}
|
||||
\normalsize Matrikelnummer: \myId
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{lll}
|
||||
\referent & : & \myProf \\
|
||||
\supervisor & : & \mySupervisor
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
|
||||
% If printed on two sides, center the title page
|
||||
\condTWOSIDE{\changetext{}{-19mm}{}{-19mm}{}}
|
||||
|
||||
\end{titlepage}
|
BIN
gfx/baustelle.pdf
Normal file
BIN
gfx/baustelle.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
gfx/examples/pdf_gaus_vs_uni_vs_10_40_160.pdf
Normal file
BIN
gfx/examples/pdf_gaus_vs_uni_vs_10_40_160.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
gfx/examples/qq-plot_gaus_vs_160.pdf
Normal file
BIN
gfx/examples/qq-plot_gaus_vs_160.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
gfx/examples/setup.pdf
Normal file
BIN
gfx/examples/setup.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
gfx/fernuni_hagen_logo.jpg
Normal file
BIN
gfx/fernuni_hagen_logo.jpg
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 174 KiB |
BIN
gfx/fernuni_hagen_logo.pdf
Normal file
BIN
gfx/fernuni_hagen_logo.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
gfx/fernuni_hagen_logo_klein.png
Normal file
BIN
gfx/fernuni_hagen_logo_klein.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
52
marco-galster-config.tex
Normal file
52
marco-galster-config.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
|||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% ferniunithesis-config.tex
|
||||
% Use it at the beginning of your thesis.tex, or as a LaTeX Preamble
|
||||
% in your thesis.{tex,lyx} with \input{fernunithesis-config}
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 1. Personal data and user ad-hoc commands
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
\newcommand{\myTitle}{Analyse und Optimierung der Datenbankabfragen der Webseite des Wedekind Projektes\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\mySubtitle}{An Homage to The Elements of Typographic Style\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myDegree}{Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.)\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myDegree}{Bachelor of Arts (B.A.)\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myDegree}{Master of Science (M.Sc.)\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myDegree}{Master of Arts (M.A.)\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myThesisType}{Expose\xspace}
|
||||
%\newcommand{\myThesisType}{Masterarbeit\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myName}{Marco Galster\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myId}{8335710\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myProf}{Prof. Dr. Uta St\"orl\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\referent}{Referentin\xspace}% Referentin/Referent, depending on the gender of your prof
|
||||
\newcommand{\mySupervisor}{----\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\supervisor}{Betreuer\xspace}% Betreuerin/Betreuer, depending on the gender of your supervisor
|
||||
\newcommand{\myFaculty}{Fakult\"at f\"ur Mathematik und Informatik\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myUni}{FernUniversit\"at in Hagen\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\mySubjectArea}{Lehrgebiet Datenbanken und Informationssysteme\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myLocation}{Hagen\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myTime}{01. Oktober 2023\xspace}
|
||||
\newcommand{\myVersion}{version 1.0\xspace}
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 2. Is it a master thesis?
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{master}{fernunihesis} % uncomment if this is a master thesis
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 3. Does the thesis have a lock flag?
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{lockflag}{fernunithesis} % uncomment if this thesis has a lock flag
|
||||
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% 4. Loading some handy packages
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
% Packages with options that might require adjustments
|
||||
% ****************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{ngerman,american}{babel} % change this to your language(s)
|
||||
% Spanish languages need extra options in order to work with this template
|
||||
%\PassOptionsToPackage{spanish,es-lcroman}{babel}
|
||||
\usepackage{babel}
|
||||
|
BIN
thesis.pdf
Normal file
BIN
thesis.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
115
thesis.tex
Normal file
115
thesis.tex
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
|
|||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% A Classic Thesis Style
|
||||
% An Homage to The Elements of Typographic Style
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Copyright (C) 2017 André Miede and Ivo Pletikosić
|
||||
%
|
||||
% If you like the style then I would appreciate a postcard. My address
|
||||
% can be found in the file ClassicThesis.pdf. A collection of the
|
||||
% postcards I received so far is available online at
|
||||
% http://postcards.miede.de
|
||||
%
|
||||
% License:
|
||||
% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
% (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
% GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
% along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
||||
% the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% PLEASE SEE ALSO THE AUTHORS' NOTE REGARDING THIS LICENSE
|
||||
% IN THE DOCUMENTATION (ClassicThesis.pdf --> Chapter 1 / Chapter01.tex)
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\RequirePackage{silence} % :-\
|
||||
\WarningFilter{scrreprt}{Usage of package `titlesec'}
|
||||
%\WarningFilter{scrreprt}{Activating an ugly workaround}
|
||||
\WarningFilter{titlesec}{Non standard sectioning command detected}
|
||||
\documentclass[ openright,titlepage,numbers=noenddot,headinclude,%twoside, %1headlines,% letterpaper a4paper
|
||||
footinclude=true,cleardoublepage=empty,abstractoff, % <--- obsolete, remove (todo)
|
||||
BCOR=5mm,paper=a4,fontsize=11pt,%11pt,a4paper,%
|
||||
ngerman,american,%lockflag%
|
||||
]{scrreprt}
|
||||
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Note: Make all your adjustments in here
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\input{fernuni-hagen-thesis-config}
|
||||
\input{classicthesis-config}
|
||||
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Bibliographies
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\addbibresource{bibliography.bib}
|
||||
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Hyphenation
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
%\hyphenation{put special hyphenation here}
|
||||
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% GO!GO!GO! MOVE IT!
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
\frenchspacing
|
||||
\raggedbottom
|
||||
\selectlanguage{ngerman} % ngerman, american
|
||||
%\renewcommand*{\bibname}{new name}
|
||||
%\setbibpreamble{}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{roman}
|
||||
\pagestyle{plain}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Frontmatter
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\include{frontbackmatter/Titlepage}
|
||||
\include{frontbackmatter/Titleback}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Dedication}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Foreword}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Declaration}
|
||||
\condLOCK{\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/BlockingNotice}}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/AbstractEN}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/AbstractDE}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Publications}
|
||||
%\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Acknowledgments}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Contents}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Figures}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Tables}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Listings}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Acronyms}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Mainmatter
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
||||
\pagestyle{scrheadings}
|
||||
\pagenumbering{arabic}
|
||||
% Alwas use \cleardoublepage before \part{...}.
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
||||
%\part{Thesis}\label{pt:thesis}
|
||||
\include{chapters/examples/chapter01}
|
||||
\include{chapters/examples/chapter02}
|
||||
\include{chapters/examples/chapter03}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Backmatter
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\thechapter}{\alph{chapter}}
|
||||
\cleardoublepage
|
||||
\part{Appendix}
|
||||
\include{chapters/examples/appendix01}
|
||||
\include{chapters/examples/appendix02}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Other Stuff in the Back
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\cleardoublepage\include{frontbackmatter/Bibliography}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
% Game Over: Restore, Restart, or Quit?
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
%*************************************************************************
|
18
tools/count-color-pages.sh
Normal file
18
tools/count-color-pages.sh
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -z "$1" ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
file=master-thesis.pdf
|
||||
echo "No argument supplied. Using 'master-thesis.pdf' as default value"
|
||||
else
|
||||
file="$1"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
colored_pages=$(gs -o - -sDEVICE=inkcov $file | grep -v "^ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000" | grep "^ " | wc -l)
|
||||
total_pages=$(pdfinfo $file | grep Pages | awk '{print $2}')
|
||||
|
||||
black_pages=$((total_pages-colored_pages))
|
||||
|
||||
echo -e "Color Pages:\t$colored_pages"
|
||||
echo -e "Black Pages:\t$black_pages"
|
||||
echo -e "Total Pages:\t$total_pages"
|
Loading…
Reference in a new issue